Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Transmission power control technique

Subclass of:

455 - Telecommunications

455039000 - TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS

455500000 - Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations)

455507000 - Central station (e.g., master, etc.)

455517000 - To or from mobile station

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20110177838METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SPACE-TIME POWER CONTROL FOR MIMO TRANSMISSIONS - A system for controlling transmit power at a station in a multiple in, multiple out (MIMO) system is disclosed. The system includes a signal to interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR) generator configured to predict a post-processing SINR, based on at least one previous and current SINR estimate, for each spatial stream. A power control bit (PCB) generator is configured to generate at least one PCB based on the predicted SINR, which is transmitted to the station at which transmit power is controlled, by a transceiver module, where the stations is a base station or a mobile station. A power control step (PCS) generator is configured to determine a PCS size based on the PCB.07-21-2011
20080261645INTERFERENCE AND POWER CONTROL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Techniques for performing interference and power control in a wireless communication system are described. An asymmetric power control scheme adjusts the transmit power of a user equipment (UE) in an asymmetric manner, e.g., with different up and down step sizes. In one design, a parameter value may be determined based on received SINR of at least one Node B. Up and down steps may be determined based on the parameter value and may have different sizes. At least one overloading indicator from at least one neighbor Node B may be obtained. The transmit power of the UE may be adjusted based on the up and down steps and the at least one overloading indicator. For example, the transmit power may be increased by the up step if an overloading indicator from the strongest neighbor Node B is not received and may be decreased by the down step otherwise.10-23-2008
20110300895RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication apparatus including: a radio interface; and a processor configured to control the radio interface to transmit a Ranging signal to a base station and to control a transmission power level of the Ranging signal; when the processor controls the radio interface to retransmit the Ranging signal, the retransmission includes a first phase and a second phase, the first phase in which the processor controls the radio interface to retransmit the Ranging signal at substantially a same transmission power level as at the time of initial transmission, or performs substantially a same calculation as that made at the time of the initial transmission of the Ranging signal and retransmits the Ranging signal at the calculated transmission power level, the second phase in which the processor increases the transmission power level and retransmits the Ranging signal at the increased transmission power level.12-08-2011
20110190022Small cell base station, and method of controlling a small cell base station - In one embodiment, the method includes switching, at the base station, from a sleep state to a receive active state to detect whether service should be provided for an authorized mobile terminal. The base station disables transmission and associated processing and disables reception and associated processing in the sleep state. The base station disables transmission and associated processing in the receive active state, and the base station enables reception and associated processing in the receive active state. The method further includes switching, at the base station, from the receive active state to a full active state if the base station detects that service should be provided for an authorized mobile terminal. The base station enables transmission and associated processing and enables reception and associated processing in the full active state.08-04-2011
20110190023Method for Selecting Reference E-TFCI Based on Requested Service - Method and arrangement in a first node, for providing a parameter value. The parameter value is associated with the transmission power of a radio signal. The radio signal is sent from a second node, to be received by the first node. The radio signal is sent over a first channel and a second channel. The method comprises the step of receiving a signal from the second node. The signal comprises a transfer service request for a first type of service. Further, the method comprises the step of obtaining the parameter value, based on the requested transfer service of the second node. The parameter value is associated with the transmission power level of the first channel and the transmission power level of the second channel.08-04-2011
20120184321METHOD FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN A SELF-ORGANIZED WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for performing communication in a self-organized wireless network, in particular a vehicular network, preferably based on the IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol, wherein the network includes a plurality of network nodes each being equipped with a communication system, wherein the communication systems generate periodic messages that are transmitted via a dedicated wireless communication channel, wherein each of the communication systems employs specific transmission parameters—message interval and transmit power—for transmitting the periodic messages, is characterized in that a reliability threshold for a maximum admissible load of the communication channel is defined, and that each network node, taking into consideration information on network nodes in its surrounding, establishes a relation between the message interval and the transmit power—interval-power-relation—such that the reliability threshold is not exceeded, wherein each network node applies its established interval-power-relation to adjust transmit power and/or message interval of its outgoing periodic messages.07-19-2012
20100009710DISTRIBUTED INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN OFDMA MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS DATA NETWORKS - Systems and methods are disclosed for transmission with a plurality of base stations (BSs) in a wireless cellular data network where one BS communicates with neighboring BSs by determining a binary or discrete new power level on each subchannel to determine a weighted sum modified rates of a BS and in-neighbor BSs; and resolving concurrent power update in each BS in a distributed manner.01-14-2010
20110195742MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND OPERATION APPARATUS - A mobile communication method according to the present invention causes: an operation apparatus 08-11-2011
20110195741METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NODE B - A method and an apparatus reduce power used when a traffic load is low in a base station of a wireless communication system. The base station monitors a traffic load. When the traffic load is lower than a predetermined threshold and a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) mode is used to communicate with a mobile station, the MIMO mode is converted to a Single Input Multiple Output (SIMO) mode. The base station performs communication with the mobiles stations by using the SIMO mode. According to another embodiment, when the traffic load is lower than a predetermined threshold, the base station limits the number of Resource Blocks (RBs) that may be allocated to a coverage area of the base station. A Power Amplifier (PA) bias related to a transmission output of the base station is reduced based on the limited number of RBs, thereby saving power consumption of the base station.08-11-2011
20110195740System and Method for Power Control in Distributed Networks - A system and method for power control in distributed networks is provided. A method for transmitting information includes setting a transmit power level for a subset of communications controllers in a communications network, and transmitting information to a communications device served by a communications controller. The subset of communications controllers includes ad hoc communications controllers in the communications network, and the setting of the transmit power level is performed in a distributed manner. The information is transmitted at a transmit power level set for the communications controller.08-11-2011
20130029717MOBILE STATION AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station includes a monitor configured to monitor an amount of change of timing which is indicative of transmitting data from the mobile station to a base station, and a controller configured to control a value of a transmission power required for transmitting the data when the amount reaches to a certain value.01-31-2013
20100075710METHOD AND APPARATUS TO VARY POWER LEVEL OF TRAINING SIGNAL - Briefly, a method to transmit over an uplink channel a training signal having a power level which varies according to a parameter related to downlink channel characteristics is provided. Communication system that includes communication devices to transmit and receive the training signal is further provided.03-25-2010
20090061921BASE STATION TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ANTENNA AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to base station transmitting and receiving antennas and control methods thereof. For this purpose, the present invention provides a control method of a base station transmitting antenna. The control method includes collecting positional information and transmission level values of all terminals in a cell; analyzing statistics of cell traffic using the positional information and transmission level values, and generating antenna radiation patterns on the basis of the analyzed statistics result; optimizing the antenna radiation patterns by synthesizing beam patterns; and changing antenna beam patterns according to the optimized antenna radiation patterns. According to embodiments of the present invention, it is possible to increase a channel capacity in a cell, ensure the QoS in all terminals in the cell, and reduce installation and operation costs of a base station system.03-05-2009
20130084913METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL AND TIMING IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION SCHEMES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives control information from a first cell, generates an uplink transmission to a second cell based in part on the received control information from the first cell, receives a transmission power setting based on the uplink transmission to the second cell, and transmits in uplink using the transmission power to the second cell.04-04-2013
20130210479METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING RADIO FREQUENCY INDEX IN REAL TIME IN DISTRIBUTED NETWORK - A real-time improvement method and a real-time improvement apparatus for a distributed network radio frequency performance are provided by the present invention. The method comprises: a data analysis unit receiving an input power, an output power and a link gain from a base station element node with a radio frequency module, and establishing a learning model of the base station element node according to the input power, the output power and the link gain; the data analysis unit obtaining an expected output power corresponding to the input power according to a correlation between a preset input power and the expected output power; in the learning model, regulating the link gain according to a difference value between the expected output power and the output power, until the difference value between the output power of the learning model and the expected output power reaches a preset range, and determining the link gain at this moment as a new link gain; and the data analysis unit sending the new link gain to the base station element node with a radio frequency module, and the base station element node regulating the link gain thereof according to the new link gain.08-15-2013
20130035133POWER CONTROL IN COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEMS BASED ON SPECTRUM SENSING SIDE INFORMATION - For cognitive radio systems, the transmit power of a cognitive radio device is controlled so that the cognitive, unlicensed radio device does not interfere with the use of a shared spectrum by a primary, licensed device. Controlling the transmit power includes determining a distance, or a function of the distance, between a primary transmitter of the primary device and the cognitive radio device based on sensing information from a spectrum sensing process. The maximum transmit power of the cognitive radio device is then dynamically controlled based on the distance, or the function of the distance, while considering a worst case scenario of an underlying cognitive radio model, to guarantee a quality of service requirement of the primary device.02-07-2013
20130035132COMBINED OPEN LOOP/CLOSED LOOP (CQI-BASED) UPLINK TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL WITH INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR E-UTRA - A combined open loop and closed loop (channel quality indicator (CQI)-based) transmit power control (TPC) scheme with interference mitigation for a long term evolution (LTE) wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is disclosed. The transmit power of the WTRU is derived based on a target signal-to-interference noise ratio (SINR) and a pathloss value. The pathloss value pertains to the downlink signal from a serving evolved Node-B (eNodeB) and includes shadowing. An interference and noise value of the serving eNodeB is included in the transmit power derivation, along with an offset constant value to adjust for downlink (DL) reference signal power and actual transmit power. A weighting factor is also used based on the availability of CQI feedback.02-07-2013
20130035131METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING A TRANSMIT POWER IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for controlling a transmit power in a radio communications system includes receiving a request to increase a transmit power of an uplink channel and determining whether the transmit power was at a maximum upon receipt of a previous request to increase the transmit power preceding the received request. If the transmit power was not at the maximum upon receipt of the previous request, the transmit power is increased by a first step size and if the transmit power was at the maximum upon receipt of the previous request, the transmit power is increased by a second step size greater than the first step size.02-07-2013
20130040690SMALL BASE STATION AND UPLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - There is disclosed a small base station and a method for measuring information on a wireless environment around a small base station to control uplink transmission power of the small base station. A neighboring environment measuring unit measures information on a neighboring wireless environment of a base station through an uplink or a downlink. A power control parameter calculating unit calculates a power control parameter by using the information on the neighboring wireless environment.02-14-2013
20130040689WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER - Disclosed is a wireless communication device that can suppress an increase in power consumption of a terminal while preventing the degradation of SINR measurement precision resulting from TPC errors in a base station. A terminal (02-14-2013
20130040688WIRELESS BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Provided is a wireless base station including a power measurement unit for measuring a power of a reference signal for synchronization at a downlink adjacent frequency; a base station type acquisition unit for acquiring a type of a base station that transmits the signal at the downlink adjacent frequency; and a power setting unit for setting a maximum transmission power based on a measurement value of the power measured by the power measurement unit and the type of the base station acquired by the base station type acquisition unit.02-14-2013
20110009151Method of Controlling a Communication System in a Motor Vehicle - A method of reducing channel utilization in a vehicle communication network is disclosed. The method includes a step of reducing the transmitting power of messages sent over the vehicle communication network when channel saturation occurs. The method also includes a step of increasing the transmitting period of messages sent over the vehicle communication network when channel saturation occurs. The method further includes steps of modifying the transmitting power and transmitting period of messages according to vehicle speed.01-13-2011
20100099452RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a radio communication system having a primary station and a plurality of secondary stations, the power of uplink and downlink channels between the primary station and a secondary station is controlled in a closed loop manner by each station transmitting power control commands to the other station. In response to these commands the receiving station adjusts its output power in steps.04-22-2010
20130210477Proximity Detection Using an Antenna and Directional Coupler Switch - Detection of an increase in a mismatch of an antenna of a radio frequency (RF) device and/or a change in a capacitance value of the antenna indicates proximity of a body to the antenna. Upon detection of proximity of a body to the antenna, reduction of transmit power of the RF device may be done to meet Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) level regulations.08-15-2013
20100041430BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus is disclosed that is capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using a shared channel in downlink and controlling transmission power of a control channel reporting identification information of the user equipment terminal receiving the shared channel and a transmission format of the shared channel. The base station apparatus includes a transmission power control unit configured to control the transmission power of the control channel based on downlink radio quality information reported from the user equipment terminal and an offset value determined based on communications quality of the control channel.02-18-2010
20100041429SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING POWER CONTROL COMMANDS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate efficient power control command management in a wireless communication environment. As described herein, techniques can be utilized by a Node B and/or other network access point to compensate for differences between uplink slot boundaries and a power control command combining period associated with the uplink slot. For example, the timing of Transmitter Power Control (TPC) bit transmission can be altered as described herein such that, if a given cell or cell sector is associated with a radio link set of size 2 or greater and a TPC timing offset of size 2 or less, TPC command information can be buffered and/or otherwise delayed to a slot following the slot in which corresponding channel measurements are obtained in order to prevent efficiency loss associated with combining TPC bits of inverse polarity corresponding to multiple disparate slots.02-18-2010
20100041427SYSTEM CONDITION BASED ADAPTIVE REFERENCE POWER OFFSET POSITIONING - Within a cell area, an RBS typically provides communication services to UEs. During operation, the UE adjusts its transmission power according to a transmission parameter value such as the E-TFCI. The RBS provides a predetermined number of reference points for E-TFCI that covers the limited range. For any intermediate values not specifically provided, the UE calculates the SIR through interpolation. The RBS predicts a range of transmission power likely to be used by the UE and provides the reference points based on the prediction. The prediction is performed based on operational measurement.02-18-2010
20090156248APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION POWER BALANCE ADJUSTMENT IN A MOBILE CELLULAR SYSTEM - A transmission power control system can establish synchronization by matching adjustment start timings while repeating adjustment periods even when start timings of transmission power balance adjustment are different due to fluctuation of transmission delay of control message from the control station to base station, and can increase circuit capacity by establishing balance of transmission powers between the base stations. In the transmission power control system the base station comprises control means for controlling initiation of a balance adjustment period for performing the balance adjustment from a frame number determined on the basis of frame number of the balance adjustment period.06-18-2009
20100105421POWER CONTROL METHOD - Improved power control methods and power control systems are described wherein received RSSI values are processed to generate a power control signal which may be used by a link manager, or other element in a receiving station, to determine whether to send a power control message to the transmitting station. The method used to process the received RSSI values is dependent upon a value of the power measurement, for example, the method may involve a comparison between the value of the power measurement and a value of the power control signal. In another embodiment, the received RSSI values may be converted to power values and then smoothed using a filter.04-29-2010
20100105422METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMBALANCE COMPENSATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An apparatus including a processing system configured to determine an imbalance indicator from each sector in an active set; and boost overhead power based on the imbalance indicator from each of the sectors. A method for performing the process is also disclosed herein.04-29-2010
20090325622Communication Terminal, Mobile Communication System and Communication Method - A communication terminal capable of receiving communication information directed to a own station from a base station even when the own station has a small battery remaining amount and cannot transmit or receive directly to/from a base station and a mobile communication system including the communication terminal and a communication method are provided.12-31-2009
20080214225Method For Controlling the Transmission Power of a Mobile Terminal in a Cellular Radio System and a Terminal For Carrying Out Said Method - The invention relates to a cellular radio system wherein a communication terminal receives servo power instruction from a base station with which a radio communication comprising first uplink and downlink channels is established. In response to an instruction for changing a channel (09-04-2008
20090124278APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION POWER BALANCE ADJUSTMENT IN A MOBILE CELLULAR SYSTEM - A transmission power control system can establish synchronization by matching adjustment start timings while repeating adjustment periods even when start timings of transmission power balance adjustment are different due to fluctuation of transmission delay of control message from the control station to base station, and can increase circuit capacity by establishing balance of transmission powers between the base stations. In the transmission power control system the base station comprises control means for controlling initiation of a balance adjustment period for performing the balance adjustment from a frame number determined on the basis of frame number of the balance adjustment period.05-14-2009
20090124277APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION POWER BALANCE ADJUSTMENT IN A MOBILE CELLULAR SYSTEM - A transmission power control system can establish synchronization by matching adjustment start timings while repeating adjustment periods even when start timings of transmission power balance adjustment are different due to fluctuation of transmission delay of control message from the control station to base station, and can increase circuit capacity by establishing balance of transmission powers between the base stations. In the transmission power control system the base station comprises control means for controlling initiation of a balance adjustment period for performing the balance adjustment from a frame number determined on the basis of frame number of the balance adjustment period.05-14-2009
20130045773TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL METHODS AND APPARATUS - Embodiments include methods and apparatus for performing transmit power control. A gain application element receives a sequence of digital input samples and a digital gain signal, and combines the digital gain signal with the digital input samples to generate a sequence of gain-compensated digital samples. A power amplifier receives and amplifies an analog version of the gain-compensated digital samples in order to generate an antenna output signal. A feedback path generates an analog feedback signal from the antenna output signal, produces a sequence of digital feedback samples from the analog feedback signal, and generates difference values based on the digital feedback samples. When a specified type of constant modulus symbol is represented in the antenna output symbol, the feedback path accumulates the difference values into an accumulated error value, and produces the digital gain signal from the accumulated error value.02-21-2013
20130045770Coordination of DRX and eICIC - An active reception period (active time) of a power saving pattern (DRX) is masked to a measurement period (ABS) of a serving or neighbor cell interference mitigation pattern (eICIC) such that the masked active reception period repeatedly coincides with the measurement period. Then the masked active reception period is utilized for communicating resource allocations (PDCCHs) between a serving cell (eNB) and a user equipment (UE). In various embodiments: the masking is done without shortening a sleep opportunity (DRX opportunity) of the power saving pattern; the masking is implemented by delaying an on-duration start time of the active reception period; the on-duration start time is controlled by a timer which runs only during measurement periods of the interference mitigation pattern, or by applying a second offset generated by the UE in addition to applying a first offset configured by the serving cell; and the masking is by adopting a default power saving pattern.02-21-2013
20130045772WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, MOBILE PHONE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication device includes a reference value acquiring unit configured to receive from a base station a timing adjustment value for use in adjusting a timing, and acquire a reference value associated with the received timing adjustment value, the reference value being a threshold for determining whether a transmission power is excessive, a variation acquiring unit configured to receive a transmission power control command transmitted by the base station, and sequentially acquire a variation in transmission power from the command, and a transmission power calculator configured to vary a transmission power value on the basis of the variation in transmission power when the transmission power value does not exceed the reference value, and configured to vary the transmission power value on the basis of a variation less than the variation in transmission power when the transmission power value exceeds the reference value.02-21-2013
20130045771METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK INTERFERENCE CONTROL - A method and apparatus are provided to reduce interference in neighbor cells by limiting the uplink power of an interfering mobile terminal In this regard, a method is provided that includes generating a measurement report, wherein the measurement report includes interference measurement information measured from at least one neighbor cell. The method also includes causing the generated measurement report to be transmitted to a receiving station. The method may also include receiving a power level indication from the receiving station, wherein the indication causes a modification of transmission power.02-21-2013
20110003612Loss Differentiation Based Management of Wireless Networks - Implementations of loss differentiation based management of wireless networks are disclosed.01-06-2011
20090042596ADAPTATION OF TRANSMIT POWER BASED ON CHANNEL QUALITY - Transmit power (e.g., maximum transmit power) may be defined based on the maximum received signal strength allowed by a receiver and a minimum coupling loss from a transmitting node to a receiver. Transmit power may be defined for an access node (e.g., a femto node) such that a corresponding outage created in a cell (e.g., a macro cell) is limited while still providing an acceptable level of coverage for access terminals associated with the access node. An access node may autonomously adjust its transmit power based on channel measurement and a defined coverage hole to mitigate interference. Transmit power may be defined based on channel quality. Transmit power may be defined based on a signal-to-noise ratio at an access terminal. The transmit power of neighboring access nodes also may be controlled by inter-access node signaling.02-12-2009
20090042594ADAPTATION OF TRANSMIT POWER BASED ON MAXIMUM RECEIVED SIGNAL STRENGTH - Transmit power (e.g., maximum transmit power) may be defined based on the maximum received signal strength allowed by a receiver and a minimum coupling loss from a transmitting node to a receiver. Transmit power may be defined for an access node (e.g., a femto node) such that a corresponding outage created in a cell (e.g., a macro cell) is limited while still providing an acceptable level of coverage for access terminals associated with the access node. An access node may autonomously adjust its transmit power based on channel measurement and a defined coverage hole to mitigate interference. Transmit power may be defined based on channel quality. Transmit power may be defined based on a signal-to-noise ratio at an access terminal. The transmit power of neighboring access nodes also may be controlled by inter-access node signaling.02-12-2009
20090042593ADAPTATION OF TRANSMIT POWER FOR NEIGHBORING NODES - Transmit power (e.g., maximum transmit power) may be defined based on the maximum received signal strength allowed by a receiver and a minimum coupling loss from a transmitting node to a receiver. Transmit power may be defined for an access node (e.g., a femto node) such that a corresponding outage created in a cell (e.g., a macro cell) is limited while still providing an acceptable level of coverage for access terminals associated with the access node. An access node may autonomously adjust its transmit power based on channel measurement and a defined coverage hole to mitigate interference. Transmit power may be defined based on channel quality. Transmit power may be defined based on a signal-to-noise ratio at an access terminal. The transmit power of neighboring access nodes also may be controlled by inter-access node signaling.02-12-2009
20130053088METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CUTBACK IN A SIMULTANEOUS DUAL FREQUENCY BAND CALL - A method and apparatus can cut back power in a simultaneous dual frequency band call. The method may operate a dual frequency band transmit device. The method may include determining if a transmit frequency in a first frequency band from the device combined with a transmit frequency in a second frequency band from the device causes receiver desensitization at the device. The method may include determining if the transmit power in the first frequency band is above a threshold power. The method may include reducing maximum transmit power in the second frequency band by an amount proportional to transmit power in the first frequency band and transmit signal bandwidth in the second frequency band in only the portion of the second frequency band where a resultant frequency component can cause desensitization.02-28-2013
20080207250Apparatus and method for reverse power control in mobile communication system - An uplink power control method of a base station (BS) in a m obile communication system is provided. The method includes rece iving a signal from a terminal; calculating an RSQI value using t he signal and previous power control information; comparing the R SQI with a threshold; determining power control information after the comparison; sending the power control information to the ter minal.08-28-2008
20130090147RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND POWER CONTROL METHOD - Wireless base station eNB04-11-2013
20100004018ADJUSTING THE AMPLITUDE AND PHASE CHARACTERISTICS OF TRANSMITTER GENERATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SIGNALS IN RESPONSE TO BASE STATION TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL SIGNALS AND KNOWN TRANSMITTER AMPLIFIER CHARACTERISTICS - A method and system for adjusting the amplitude and phase characteristics of wireless communication signals generated by an analog radio transmitter, based on transmit power control (TPC) signals received by a base station (BS) and known characteristics of a power amplifier (PA) included in the transmitter. A digital pre-distortion compensation module, having real and imaginary signal paths, receives and processes real and imaginary signal components used to generate the wireless communication signal. The phase and amplitude characteristics of the wireless communication signal are controlled in response to the TPC signals, such that impaired amplitude and phase characteristics of the PA are corrected.01-07-2010
20090312047Wireless Terminal Device, Wireless Communication System, and Wireless Terminal Device Controlling Method - A wireless terminal device determines, based on predetermined information, a transmission power that is a power of a signal to be transmitted to a connected base station. The wireless terminal device includes a connected-base-station distance measuring unit that measures a connected-base-station distance; an adjacent-base-station distance measuring unit that measures an adjacent-base-station distance; a distance comparing unit that compares the connected-base-station distance and the adjacent-base-station distance with each other when accepting information indicating that interference occurs from the adjacent base station; and a transmission-power adjusting unit that lowers a power of a signal to be transmitted to the connected base station below the transmission power when a difference between the connected-base-station distance and the adjacent-base-station distance is equal to or smaller than a predetermined threshold.12-17-2009
20090305736MOBILE COMMUNCATION TERMINAL STATION AND TRANSMISSION POWER SETTING METHOD - A mobile communication terminal station is capable of transmitting a preamble part by use of optimal parameters for a moving speed of the mobile communication terminal station. The mobile communication terminal station is provided with a power ramping section. The power ramping section includes a moving state discrimination section for discriminating the moving state of the mobile communication terminal station and a power ramping transmission parameter selecting section for setting the transmission parameters in response to the moving state that has been discriminated. The preamble part indicating a transmission start of a message is transmitted to a base transceiver station, with the transmission parameters that have been set.12-10-2009
20130072250OUTAGE BASED OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A slot in a frame of n frames is received at user equipment (UE). Valid slots are detected based on a given validity criterion. The valid slots are classified as outage slots if an estimated signal quality does not exceed an outage signal quality. A total valid slot count and a total outage slot count are accumulated over an outer loop duration spanning a plurality of the slots. The total outage slot count is compared to a preset ratio of the total valid slot count. A target signal quality is updated based on the comparison.03-21-2013
20110059763COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS - A communication control apparatus includes a receiver that receives communication conditions between each of the base stations and a mobile terminal within a serving area; and a controller that performs control over energy consumption of each of the base stations and turns on or off power supplies of wireless communication modules of a part of a plurality of wireless communication modules in each of the base stations based on the communication conditions. Further, the communication control apparatus performs control over a plurality of base stations that provide service to mobile terminals, and performs scheduling for energy consumption between networks to thereby perform energy scheduling of a mobile network realizing energy saving of the entire network.03-10-2011
20110014940USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION BEHAVIOR IN RESPONSE TO AN OVERLOAD INDICATOR - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate responding to overload indicators in a wireless communication environment. A non-serving base station can send an over-the-air (OTA) overload indicator (OI) and a backhaul OI. A UE can receive the OTA OI from the non-serving base station, generate a report based upon the OTA OI, and send the report to a serving base station. The serving base station can receive the report from the UE, and generate a power control command for the UE based at least in part upon the report. Moreover, the serving base station can generate the power control command for the UE further based upon the backhaul OI received from the non-serving base station. For example, the UE can be configured to ignore the OTA OI. By way of another example, the serving base station can cause the non-serving base station to inhibit sending the backhaul OI.01-20-2011
20090221316APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSFORMING SIGNAL STRENGTH OF WIRELESS POSITIONING SYSTEM - An apparatus for transforming a signal strength of a wireless positioning system is provided. The apparatus is adapted for eliminating the difference of signal strengths between different mobile communication apparatuses or different environments. The apparatus includes a location estimation circuit. The location estimation circuit is adapted to obtain a possible coordinate by calculating a first signal strength distribution received by a mobile communication apparatus. The possible coordinate and the first signal strength distribution are taken as training data for training a transforming module with an approximation algorithm. Accordingly, the present invention adopts a positive correlation index and the approximation algorithm for automatically training a transforming module for the mobile communication apparatus without using the information of chip model and location of mobile communication apparatus.09-03-2009
20090298526SIGNALING METHOD FOR DECENTRALIZED ALLOCATION OF ONLINE TRANSMISSION POWER IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - The invention relates to distributed wireless ad hoc networks having interfering transmission channels, in which direct links between adjacent transmit nodes and receive nodes in a connection pair are established and optimized. The inventive signaling method alternately uses a primary network and an adjoint network, the respective transmit nodes and receive nodes constantly changing their roles in an agreed time pattern. The transmission signals in the adjoint network are predistorted in such a way that the influence of the proper mobile radio channel is canceled on each transmission channel. The occurring interference is implicitly transmitted as well by the receive nodes and can be directly determined and taken into account by the transmit nodes.12-03-2009
20090298527METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SAVING BATTERY POWER IN MOBILE STATIONS - A base station may be configured so that it operates in accordance with certain MAP transmission rules that may enable mobile stations to save battery power in certain situations. Upon receiving a MAP message, a mobile station may determine whether there is a burst allocated for the mobile station in the current frame by determining the value of at least one of the following: an idle users bit in the SUB-MAP pointer information element (IE), and a sleep users bit in the SUB-MAP pointer IE. The mobile station may discontinue processing of the MAP message and power down one or more components of the mobile station if there is not a burst allocated for the mobile station in the current frame.12-03-2009
20090005104Method and System for a Reliable Relay-Associated and Opportunistic Cooperative Transmission Schemes - A base station (BS) communicates with a mobile station (MS) through relay stations (RSs). In one exemplary reliable relay-associated transmission scheme, the BS transmits data to the RSs using multicast or unicast. From the received packets, each RS calculates its reliability value according to a reliability function, which it informs the MS. The BS then generates a reliability metric to identify the RSs that are considered reliable. The reliable RSs transmit their information to the MS under a cooperative multicast transmission mode. Meanwhile, the unreliable RSs overhear the transmissions between the reliable RSs and the target MS. If the MS is unable to receive information from reliable RSs, the unreliable RSs can join the cooperative transmission to provide a higher cooperative diversity gain to the target MS.01-01-2009
20120225688RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A second radio base station (09-06-2012
20120225687METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER AUTOSCALING IN A RESOURCE-CONSTRAINED NETWORK - An electronic device may adaptively manage power consumption associated with transmission and/or reception of signals by the electronic device, wherein the adaptive power management may comprise adjusting transmit power and/or one or more power-related thresholds used during transmission or reception operations in the electronic device. Adjustments to the transmit power and/or the one or more power-related thresholds may be determined based on comparison between power measurement associated with signals received by said electronic device with original transmit power for the signals. The reception power measurement may be determined based on detected received signal strength indication (RSSI). The original transmit power may be determined based on signal transmission information embedded in at least one frame carried via said signals. The original transmission power may be embedded as an equivalent isotropic radiated power (EIRP) value.09-06-2012
20130065630TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION SELECTING METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile station calculates the transmission power of a first physical channel using each of first TFCs, and determines whether the mobile station is in a transmission capable state or not. Then, the mobile station calculates the sum of the transmission power of first and second physical channels, with respect to each of combinations of the first and second TFCs, and determines whether the mobile station is in the transmission capable state or not. Then, the mobile station selects a first TFC from the first TFCs wherein the mobile station is in the transmission capable state. Then, the mobile station selects a second TFC from the second TFCs which are included in combinations wherein the mobile station is in the transmission capable state among the combinations including the selected first TFC. Thereafter, data is transmitted using the selected first and second TFCs, respectively.03-14-2013
20130065629POWER CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A power control method applied to a radio network controller (RNC), a node B and a user equipment is provided. The method include steps of: determining a target block error rate; identify an initial signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) from a history look-up table (LUT) according to the target block error rate; estimating a measured block error rate between the RNC and the node B via the RNC; adjusting the initial SIR with reference to the measured block error rate and the target block error rate to generate an updated SIR; and controlling a signal transmission power of the user equipment with reference to the updated SIR via the node B.03-14-2013
20130065631Method and Device for Controlling Uplink Power - A method for controlling uplink power is disclosed in the present invention. The method includes: a base station configuring and sending a target received power parameter corresponding to a standard service rate, a path loss compensation factor parameter and a enabled deltaMCS parameter of adjusting transmitted power according to a Modulation Coding Scheme (MCS) grade to a terminal; subtracting target received power and a path loss compensation quantity from a limit value of the transmitted power of terminal to obtain power margin, and determining an available MCS grade of the terminal according to the power margin and sending the available MCS grade to the terminal. A system for controlling the uplink power is also disclosed in the present invention. In the present invention, a structure of the system is simple, which supports an adaptive selection for the suitable MCS grade of UE, and implements uplink power control correctly and effectively.03-14-2013
20110021239COMMUNICATION QUALITY JUDGMENT METHOD, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In order to carry out high-speed packet communications using a large-volume transmission channel like an E-DCH, uplink communication quality must be good. However, in a state in which a link imbalance occurs, a mobile station cannot estimate the uplink communication quality from downlink communication quality. Therefore, the mobile station calculates a path loss from the setting power of a common pilot channel which is notified from a base station, and the received power of the common pilot channel received thereby, and also estimates the received power in the base station on the basis of this path loss. The mobile station further judges the uplink communication quality by estimating the SIR in the base station by using the interference power notified from the base station and the estimated received power.01-27-2011
20110021238RADIO-RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF, AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL TO BE EMPLOYED FOR IT - Terminals and base stations belonging to service areas 01-27-2011
20110021236QUALITY OF SERVICE BASED DOWNLINK POWER ALLOCATION - A first wireless device associated with a first profile is communicated with using a first transmitted power. A second wireless device associated with a second profile is communicated with using a second transmitted power. A third transmitted power is determined. The third transmitted power is associated with the first wireless device receiving data using a target modulation and coding scheme. A maximum transmitted power is determined to be exceeded if the third transmitted power is used to communicate with the first wireless device. The second wireless device is communicated with using a fourth transmitted power. The fourth transmitted power allows the third transmitted power to be used to communicate with the first wireless device without exceeding the maximum transmitted power.01-27-2011
20110021235METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING USING MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION POWER LEVELS - Methods and apparatus for communicating information using different transmission power levels during different time periods are described. Various described methods and apparatus are well suited for use in a peer to peer wireless communication system. A device uses a high transmission power level for transmitting during a first predetermined period, so that information can be transmitted to at least some devices which are not reachable using lower transmission power levels. The high transmission power level used during the first predetermined period of time exceeds a maximum average permitted power level permitted for a second predetermined period of time. In some embodiments a device refrains from transmitting for a period of time after transmitting at the high transmission power level. In some embodiments the device transmits at a lower transmission power level during a third period of time following the first period of time.01-27-2011
20110045865De-Centralized Transmit Power Optimization - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method, apparatus, and executable computer program to perform operations including detecting that a cell in a wireless communication system is able to selectively increase or decrease its transmit power by an amount, where the cell is configured with a transmit power and a parameter that indicates a maximum difference in power change, resulting from a change in transmit power, that can exist between a power change of the cell and a power change of a neighbor cell, examining, at the cell, a signal comprising at least one value received from at least one neighbor cell, based on the examining, determining that a transmit power change is possible, modifying a value associated with the transmit power, and modifying the transmit power of the cell by the modified value, and signaling the modified value to the at least one neighbor cell in the wireless communication system.02-24-2011
20120115538TRANSMIT POWER AMPLIFICATION CONTROL FOR WIRELESS DEVICE - A system and method are disclosed for controlling transmit power amplification in a wireless transmitting device. A processor receives data to determine whether a communication channel from a transmitting device to a receiving device is strong enough to support a target data transmit rate of the devices with a power amplifier either on or off. The processor controls a switching device between a data transmitter circuit and the transmitter's antenna based on the quality of the communication channel. In a first state, the switching device connects the data transmitter circuit to the power amplifier to increase the strength of the signal communicated to the antenna. In a second state, the switching device bypasses the power amplifier. The power amplifier is turned off when the switch is in the second state, thereby decreasing the power consumed by the transmitting device as it transmits data at the target data transmit rate.05-10-2012
20120115535METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL USING RANGING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for uplink power control using a ranging signal in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting ranging channel information to a pico Base Station (BS), receiving power control information on a macro terminal from the pico BS, controlling a transmit power strength for the macro terminal based on the power control information, and instructing the macro terminal to control a transmit power to the controlled strength.05-10-2012
20120115534DYNAMIC UPLINK POWER CONTROL - Power adjustment in the user equipment (UE) includes adjusting the transmission power level for each of multiple transport blocks based on the spectral efficiency associated with the transport block. The UE receives a scheduled transport format parameter for each of multiple transport blocks to be transmitted. Based on those scheduled transport format parameters, the UE determines a transmit power level adjustment for each transport block. The UE will adjust the power according to the determined transmit power level adjustment and transmit each transport block using the adjusted power level.05-10-2012
20120115533Method of Cutting Off a Transmission Signal of a Main Transmitter Relayed by a Cell of a Base Station and Associated System - Method of cutting off a transmission signal of a main transmitter relayed by a cell of a base station and associated system. According to this method, the transmission signal is cut off:—if the power of the transmission signal emitted by the main transmitter is greater than the power of each transmission signal of other transmitters relayed by the same cell of the base station, and—if the power of the transmission signal of the main transmitter does not decrease after several identical successive transmitted-power regulating commands (TPC) emitted by the base station.05-10-2012
20120115532METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR DETERMINING AN INITIAL TRANSMISSION POWER - A method for determining an initial transmission power and a base station is provided. The method comprises: a base station acquiring a measurement result of a second cell reported by said user equipment, wherein a first cell in which a user equipment (UE) is located belongs to the base station, and said first cell and said second cell belong to different base stations; and determining an initial transmission power of said user equipment when initiating a random access in said second cell according to a reference signal power of said second cell, said measurement result and a random access initial received target power of said second cell. Success rate of handover of user equipment is improved.05-10-2012
20130095877MULTI-WAN MODULE - Disclosed is a wide area network (WAN) module including plural radios, a power supply, and a switch configured so that one and only one of the radios may receive power at any one time. The switch may be electronically or manually operable; if electronically operable, the module may include a processor and a universal serial bus (USB) port for receiving power switching instructions. The WAN module may be incorporated into utility consumption measuring (metering) devices which may correspond to components in a consumption measurement and reporting automatic meter reading (AMR) system.04-18-2013
20090011788Method and apparatus for jointly controlling transmit power in cognitive radio communication system - Provided is an apparatus and method for controlling power in a cognitive radio wireless communication system, the method comprising: performing channel scheduling and the first power control for at least one terminal; checking whether the at least one terminal exist within constraint area, and determining whether the at least one terminal within constraint area cause interference to incumbent system; and performing the secondary power control so that an allocating power may be less than the maximum tolerable interference.01-08-2009
20090011787TRANSMITTER AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmitter performs a test to determine antennas which are possible to output transmission signals each satisfying a predetermined reception quality out of among a plurality of antennas. The transmitter recognizes candidates of amplifiers connected to the antennas determined by the test from among a plurality of amplifiers amplifying transmission signals by amplification characteristics having different saturated output powers, respectively. The transmitter sets higher ranks to candidates having amplification characteristic of lower saturated output powers, and selects a specified number of amplifiers from among the candidates given the higher ranks. The transmitter performs a transmission processing on the transmission signals using the selected specified number of amplifiers and the antennas connected to the specified number of amplifiers, respectively.01-08-2009
20090011786METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER FOR TRANSMISSION OF A PREAMBLE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for controlling power for transmission of a preamble for acquisition of a channel are provided. The method for controlling power for transmission of a preamble includes calculating an initial preamble transmission power using an initial power calculated using information broadcast through a forward common channel and a stored difference value, transmitting the preamble through a backward common channel with the initial preamble transmission power and replacing the stored difference by a difference obtained by subtracting the initial power from the initial preamble transmission power and storing the obtained difference instead of the stored difference, when an acknowledge to the preamble is received.01-08-2009
20090011785OPEN LOOP POWER OFFSET UPDATE - Provided is an feedback mechanism to correct power control information in a broadcast signal that is determined to be incorrect by one or more devices that receive and rely on the broadcast information. A device that receives the incorrect broadcast information can determine a correction and to the information and provide a recommendation to the source of the broadcast information. The source can selectively determine whether to modify the broadcast information based on the recommendation from one or more devices. If the broadcast information is modified, subsequent devices that receive the broadcast information are provided with the modified information. If further changes are needed, the subsequent devices can provide further recommended changes.01-08-2009
20080268892POWER CONTROL IN COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEMS BASED ON SPECTRUM SENSING SIDE INFORMATION - For cognitive radio systems, the transmit power of a cognitive radio device is controlled so that the cognitive, unlicensed radio device does not interfere with the use of a shared spectrum by a primary, licensed device. Controlling the transmit power includes determining a distance, or a function of the distance, between a primary transmitter of the primary device and the cognitive radio device based on sensing information from a spectrum sensing process. The maximum transmit power of the cognitive radio device is then dynamically controlled based on the distance, or the function of the distance, while considering a worst case scenario of an underlying cognitive radio model, to guarantee a quality of service requirement of the primary device.10-30-2008
20100087219Method and Device for Power Control - A method for generating a filtered signal quality value used in a power control system of a wireless communication apparatus. An estimated signal quality value of a received signal is generated. A filtered signal quality value is generated based on the estimated signal quality value. The filtered signal quality value is generated in dependence of at least one of registering a difference between a first and a second reference signal quality value, and a change in transmitted power of said received signal. A power control device comprising a signal quality estimator, a BLER estimator, a regulator, and an inner loop is configured to implement the method.04-08-2010
20130165175ACCESS POINT POWER CONTROL - There is described a method of controlling a basestation in a cellular wireless communications network, the method comprising, within the basestation, autonomously and dynamically adapting a maximum value for a total transmit power of the basestation, such that interference between the basestation and other access points in the vicinity is minimized.06-27-2013
20120238313Method and Apparatus for Setting Channel Power Offset, and Base Station - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for setting a channel power offset. A load of a cell is obtained and compared with a preset threshold value. A channel power offset value of a user equipment in the cell is set according to a comparison result. In the embodiments of the present invention, the channel power offset value may be flexibly set according to a load state of the cell.09-20-2012
20120238312METHOD, CONTROL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING TRANSMIT POWER - A method for dynamically adjusting transmit power is disclosed, including: acquiring strength of a signal received by a receiver of a first system; determining whether the acquired strength is less than a sensitivity of the receiver corresponding to strength of a signal currently transmitted by a transmitter, based on correspondence information of strength of signals transmitted by the transmitter and sensitivities of the receiver, and the strength of the currently transmitted signal; if yes, then decreasing the strength of the currently transmitted signal to be equal to or less than the strength of a signal transmitted by the transmitter corresponding to a sensitivity of the receiver being regarded as the strength of the received signal. Corresponding control device and communication system are also provided. The manufacture cost of the device is reduced by the present invention. Meanwhile, better performance can be kept for the receiver.09-20-2012
20120238311BASE STATION,MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO SIGNAL QUALITY MEASUREMENT METHOD - A base station includes a received signal power measurement unit that calculates a radio signal power of a radio signal received from a mobile station which is connected by radio connection, a measurement period decision unit that decides a measurement period based on a first index representing a transmission rate of received data transmitted from the mobile station and one of a second index representing a resource assigned to the mobile station and a third index representing an amount of data buffered in the mobile station and to be transmitted, an interference power measurement unit that calculates an interference power over the measurement period, a received signal quality measurement unit that calculates signal quality of the radio signal based on the radio signal power and the interference power and a transmission power decision unit that decides a transmission power control value to the mobile station based on the signal quality.09-20-2012
20120238309METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING SPECTRUM UTILIZATION BY A COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK - A technique for a secondary communication system to utilize spectrum designated to another (or primary) communication system is provided. By ranking a plurality of secondary base stations based on base station transmit power, calculated required transmit power and path loss, a set of criteria is developed for selecting a highest ranked secondary base station for operation within a primary's spectrum. The ranking may be adapted based on mobility of the secondary's subscriber; and as such the secondary system communicates within the primary's spectrum using the adaptively ranked base stations. Channel selection may also be ranked. The technique and apparatus allows a cognitive radio (CR) network to operate within an incumbent network's spectrum.09-20-2012
20120270593METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL AND LOAD BALANCING BASED ON LOAD ESTIMATION OF NEIGHBOR CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Base Station (BS) operation method for reducing load terminals based on load estimation of a neighbor cell in a wireless communication system includes receiving information for estimating a load of a neighbor BS, determining whether to determine the power control and handover terminal set using the number of terminals serviced by the neighbor BS, the number of overload terminals among the terminals serviced by the neighbor BS, and the backoff counter value, and, when it is determined to determine a power control and handover terminal set, deciding the power control and handover terminal set to minimize load terminals, based on the first power variation and the second power variation.10-25-2012
20130165176ACCESS POINT POWER CONTROL - There is described a method of controlling a basestation in a cellular wireless communications network, the method comprising, within the basestation, autonomously and dynamically adapting a maximum value for a total transmit power of the basestation, such that interference between the basestation and other access points in the vicinity is minimized.06-27-2013
20100210297Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - The present invention provides a user equipment for a telecommunications system, the telecommunications system comprising at least a first radio basestation. The user equipment comprises means for controlling a transmission power of the user equipment, such that said transmission power has a first value for a first set of one or more signals sent over a physical channel between the user equipment and the first radio basestation. The first value and said second value are different. In alternative embodiments, the second set of signals are transmitted taking into account information from the serving cell and a neighbouring cell, while the first set of signals are transmitted taking into account information from the serving cell only.08-19-2010
20100062799MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communication system including a base station and a mobile station for communicating with the base station includes a control unit configured to perform uplink transmission power control based on a type of a frequency-adjacent system.03-11-2010
20120004009Managing Energy Consumption of Base Stations - A base station includes an emulation controller (01-05-2012
20120129566UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An uplink power control method and apparatus of a terminal in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes receiving, by the terminal, a location parameter corresponding to at least one antenna selected among a plurality of antennas distributed in a service area of a base station, each of the plurality of antennas being connected to the base station; and calculating uplink power based on the location parameter.05-24-2012
20120100883TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COGNITIVE RADIO DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for controlling transmit power of a CR device are provided. The method includes acquiring CR environment information regarding a licensed user or an unlicensed user occupying an adjacent channel or an adjacent cell of the CR device; determining a transmit power value of the CR device using the CR environment information; and generating transmit power control information including the transmit power value. The method and apparatus guarantee reliable communication of the CR device and minimize interference with the licensed user.04-26-2012
20110281612MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile station including a transmission power determining unit configured to determine a transmission power in an uplink shared channel, in accordance with a maximum transmission power value corresponding to power class of the mobile station, the number of resource blocks for the uplink shared channel, path loss between the mobile station and a radio base station which is a connection destination of the uplink shared channel, and transmission power control information received from the radio base station, where when receiving a maximum allowable transmission power value from the radio base station, the transmission power determining unit is configured to determine transmission power in the uplink shared channel, using the maximum allowable transmission power value instead of the maximum transmission power value corresponding to the power class of the mobile station.11-17-2011
20080200202POWER CONTROL WITH LINK IMBALANCE ON DOWNLINK AND UPLINK - Techniques for controlling transmit power are described. Due to link imbalance, a downlink (DL) serving cell may have the best downlink for a UE, and an uplink (UL) serving cell may have the best uplink for the UE. In one design of UL power control, the UE receives first and second UL TPC commands from the DL and UL serving cells, respectively, and adjusts its transmit power based on these UL TPC commands and in accordance with an OR-of-the-UPs rule. In one design of DL power control, the UE generates a DL TPC command based on received signal qualities of both the DL and UL serving cells. In another design, power control is performed independently for the DL and UL serving cells. The UE generates a separate DL TPC command for each cell, which adjusts its transmit power based on the DL TPC command for that cell.08-21-2008
20110281614RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station 11-17-2011
20110281613REVERSE POWER CONTROL METHOD AND CONTROL APPARATUS - A reverse power control method includes: a base station presetting reverse outer loop threshold values according to radio configuration (RC) types; in the accessing process of a terminal, the base station selecting the preset reverse outer loop threshold value according to the RC type fed back by the terminal; the base station receiving the Eb/Nt of the reverse channel and comparing the received Eb/Nt with the selected reverse outer loop threshold value, if the Eb/Nt is larger than the reverse outer loop threshold value, the base station instructing the terminal to decrease the transmitting power; if the Eb/Nt is smaller than the reverse outer loop threshold value, the base station instructing the terminal to increase the transmitting power, so as to guarantee that the terminal accesses successfully. An apparatus for implementing reverse close loop power control and an apparatus for implementing reverse outer loop power control are also provided.11-17-2011
20110281611TRANSMISSION LEVEL CONTROL METHOD AND TRANSCEIVER APPARATUS IN WIRELESS LOCAL LOOP SYSTEM - A transmission level control method in a wireless local loop system capable of suppressing occurrence of an unnecessarily high transmission level, comprises a step of generating a required reception level corresponding to a classification of data, a step of detecting the reception level of data at a receiver side transceiver apparatus, a step of finding a level difference between the detected reception level and the required reception level corresponding to the classification of the related received data, and a step of controlling a change of the transmission level at a transmitter side transceiver apparatus according to this level difference.11-17-2011
20100167777POWER CONTROL FOR REVERSE LINK - A method performed in a wireless communication system having radio frequency burst transmission interference is presented. The method includes obtaining a first power level of noise and interference signals in an environment of at least one of a plurality of wireless communication devices serviced by an access point; and estimating a second power level by filtering the first power level.07-01-2010
20100267412SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING TRANSMISSION POWER OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method and system for adjusting transmission power of a communication device is provided. The method obtains a transmission power value and a receiving power value of the communication device from a storage system of the communication device, and obtains a power control signal received by the communication device when the call connection between the communication device and a base station via a wireless communication network is established. The method further adjusts the transmission power value according to the power control signal, and calculates a power sum by adding the transmission power value to the receiving power value. In addition, the method modifies the transmission power value according to a difference between the power sum and the receiving power value.10-21-2010
20120028674METHOD FOR CELL SLEEP/WAKEUP, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CARRIER POWER - The present invention discloses a method for cell sleep/wakeup, and a method and an apparatus for controlling carrier power, wherein the method for controlling carrier power comprises: a SON judging whether a cell of a base station requires sleep and/or wakeup, wherein when the judgment result is that the cell requires sleep, the SON indicates the base station to make the cell to sleep, so that the base station reduces pilot channel power of a carrier of the cell to zero or closes the carrier to make the cell enter an energy-saving state; and when the judgment result is that the cell requires wakeup, the SON indicates the base station to wake up the cell, so that the base station recovers the pilot channel power of the carrier of the cell to an operation state value to make the cell exit the energy-saving state.02-02-2012
20120028673METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for controlling an uplink (UL) power by a Mobile Station (MS) in a wireless communication system including an upper-layer Base Station (BS) and a lower-layer BS whose cell coverage is narrower than that of the upper-layer BS. The method also includes measuring a first received signal strength indicating a received signal strength of a first reference signal received from the upper-layer BS, and a second received signal strength indicating a received signal strength of a second reference signal received from the lower-layer BS, acquiring a transmission (TX) power ratio representative of a ratio of a first TX power indicating a TX power of the upper-layer BS to a second TX power indicating a TX power of the lower-layer BS, selecting a first serving BS indicating a UL serving BS to which the MS will transmit a UL signal, from among the upper-layer BS and the lower-layer BS, and determining a UL TX power, based on the first received signal strength, the second received signal strength, and the TX power ratio, and transmitting the UL signal to the first serving BS using the UL TX power.02-02-2012
20120028670Switching Communication Radio Path Based on Power Constraints - Aspects relate to determining whether a constraint or other condition on a mobile device may be alleviated or better satisfied by switching from one communication network to another for a call (or setting up a call on one network in preference to another). A mobile device is operable to conduct a communication session over at least two different communication media, which have different power consumption characteristics. Where a remaining battery power level is constrained, a determination can be made whether using one network over another saves more than a threshold amount of power over another network. Estimates of battery life for each network can be made based on predictions of a length of the communication session, and a power factor calculated for the network.02-02-2012
20110130166TRANSMISSION POWER TARGET VALUE VARIABLE CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A T-SIR generation unit (06-02-2011
20110136534BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - Allocation of transmission power is carried out adaptively without affecting adjacent cells. Included are a reception part that receives information from a mobile station apparatus, a transmission power determination part that determines transmission power when transmitting a wireless signal to a mobile station apparatus based on the received information, an acquisition part that acquires information about communication environment in each time channel or each frequency channel from the received information, a scheduling part that identified a time channel or frequency channel the relationship of which between transmission power and communication environment satisfies the condition for allocation and allocates transmission data and transmission power for transmission to a mobile station apparatus to a communication slot in the time channel or frequency channel, and a transmission part that transmits a wireless signal using the communication slot to which the transmission data and the determined transmission power have been allocated.06-09-2011
20110143807METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA COMMUNICATION IN LTE CELLULAR NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for uplink data transmission in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) compliant communication system use beam-forming in the uplink to increase the range of LTE compliant wireless communication terminals. Methods are provided for steering the beam in an optimal direction towards the base station, both for time division duplex (TDD) and frequency division duplex (FDD) communication schemes.06-16-2011
20110143806METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method for controlling transmission power of a base station in a cellular system includes: receiving a reference signal from at least one neighbor base station that is located around the base station; estimating a radio environment between the base station and the neighbor base station by using the receiving power of the reference signal; and controlling cell coverage of the base station by determining the transmission power based on the radio environment.06-16-2011
20100267413COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR USE IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A disclosed communication terminal includes a determination unit analyzing a received downlink control signal and determining an allowable maximum uplink transmission power level, a measurement unit performing different frequency measurement in a transmission gap period, a threshold determination unit determining whether the allowable maximum level is higher than or equal to a threshold within a predefined period before the start and/or after the end of the transmission gap period, a transmission power control unit setting an uplink transmission power level, and a transmission unit transmitting an uplink signal at the determined power level. If the allowable maximum level is higher than or equal to the threshold, the transmission power control unit sets the uplink transmission power level to or below a predefined level lower than the allowable maximum level within the predefined period before the start and/or after the end of the transmission gap period.10-21-2010
20090082053APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING UPLINK INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method provide for uplink interference coordination in a radio communication system, such as a cellular communication system. Measurements are made at mobile stations associated with uplink-channel interference conditions. Reports are made to the network when a mobile station experiences interference conditions beyond a measurement threshold. If greater than a group-threshold number of mobile stations experience high levels of uplink-channel interference, communication resources are reallocated in compensation for the high interference conditions.03-26-2009
20080305824APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMPUTING MAXIMUM POWER REDUCTION FOR A UMTS SIGNAL - A method and apparatus are provided for controlling transmit power with an estimated value of cubic metric (CM) and/or peak-to-average ratio (PAR). Preferably, the method is applied in determining a value for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for computing maximum-MPR or minimum-MPR, by estimating CM and/or PAR from signal parameters. The method of estimating CM and/or PAR is applicable to any multicode signal.12-11-2008
20110287804METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SIGNAL TRANSMISSION POWER AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a signal transmission method in which a terminal transmits a signal in a wireless communication system, said method comprising the steps of: checking the maximum transmission power (P_CC_MAX) for each component carrier of a plurality of component carriers, as well as the maximum transmission power (P_UE_MAX) of the terminal; calculating the transmission power for each channel to be simultaneously transmitted to a base station through one or more component carriers; independently adjusting the transmission power for each of the channels so as not to exceed the maximum transmission power (P_CC_MAX) and the maximum transmission power (P_UE_MAX); and transmitting a signal to the base station through the plurality of channels for which the transmission power is adjusted.11-24-2011
20110319120Interaction Between Maximum Power Reduction and Power Scaling in Wireless Networks - Methods, apparatuses, and articles of manufacture are disclosed for adjusting a power level in connection with transmitting parallel uplink channels. In one aspect, a user equipment determines a power-limited condition in which a total transmit power of a group of power-controlled channels exceeds a maximum level in a transmission subframe. The user equipment may determine, in an iterative fashion, power backoff values by which to establish a configured maximum power level. The parallel uplink channels in the group may be prioritized and different backoff values may be used with channels having different priorities. The user equipment may thereafter adjust a transmit power of the power-controlled channels based on the configured maximum power level.12-29-2011
20120238310METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and a device for resource configuration. The method includes: determining an extra resource block existing in a wireless resource, where the extra resource block is a resource that cannot be identified by a long term evolution system; configuring transmission power of a resource element in the extra resource block according to a power configuration rule; and sending a signal on the resource element in the extra resource block according to configured transmission power. With the preceding technical solution, an extra resource block can be used for transmitting a signal, so that a resource utilization rate may be improved.09-20-2012
20100035647AUTOMATED PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT TO COMPENSATE SELF ADJUSTING TRANSMIT POWER AND SENSITIVITY LEVEL AT THE NODE B - A small base node such as a Home Base Node (HNB), or femto cell, may reduce its transmit power in order to prevent co-channel or adjacent channel interference, or to limit its coverage area. Once the power is set, the HNB signal to a served Home User Equipment (HUE) its transmit Common Pilot Channel (CPICH) transmit power for accurate path loss estimation. When this power is outside of the permissible range, the HNB adjusts other parameters (such as Random Access Channel (RACH) constant value) to compensate for the error in signaled CPICH power, and thus compensate in that process the error in determining path loss. Similarly, if the uplink sensitivity is adjusted, to prevent interference, parameters would also be adjusted and signaled to the HUE to reflect the link imbalance.02-11-2010
20120021798COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND ITS TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A transmission power control method and a communication device using it are provided that can prevent the delay of a receipt from increasing and varying in reservation-type scheduling. In a radio communications system in which a radio resource is reserved (step S01-26-2012
20110081934TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL ON A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR A PLURALITY OF REGULATED BANDS OR COMPONENT CARRIERS - A wireless communication device is configured for performing uplink transmission power control. The wireless communication device includes a processor and instructions stored in memory. The wireless communication device performs uplink transmission power control for multiple regulated frequency bands or component carriers. The wireless communication device determines a total transmission power for at least one component carrier and allocates transmission power to at least one antenna.04-07-2011
20110294533Power Controller, Method, Computer Program and Computer Program Product for Power Control in a Cellular Network - It is presented a power controller which is adapted to be coupled to a fixed node of a cellular network, wherein at least one user equipment is adapted to be associated with the fixed node. The power controller comprises: a signal to interference ratio, SIR, determiner arranged to determine a maximum SIR target for each of the at least one user equipment, which maximum SIR target is arranged to limit maximum transmission power of the at least one user equipment; wherein the determiner determines a maximum SIR target for each of the at least one user equipment directly or indirectly based on the number of user equipments in the cell of each respective user equipment. A corresponding method, computer program and computer program product are also presented.12-01-2011
20090069042Outer Loop Transmit Power Control in Wireless Communication Systems - Outer-loop power control methods and apparatus are disclosed. In an exemplary embodiment, a short-term block error rate is measured for a received signal, and a coarse adjustment to a target signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) is calculated as a function of the short-term block error rate, a target block error rate, and a first loop tuning parameter. In some embodiments, a fine adjustment to the target SIR is also calculated, as a function of a smoothed block error rate, the target block error rate, and a second loop tuning parameter. The coarse adjustment provides quick responsiveness to received block errors, while the fine adjustment moderates the coarse adjustments by accounting for a longer-term view of the received block error rate. The target SIR adjustments disclosed herein may be computed in each of several iterations of an outer-loop power control loop.03-12-2009
20090149210MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A mobile terminal detecting an instantaneous deterioration in BLER and quickly converging an SIR into an appropriate target SIR, thereby preventing requesting an excessive transmission power from a base station and a method of controlling the mobile terminal are provided. The present invention relates to the mobile terminal including a target SIR control unit 06-11-2009
20090170549METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER OF HS-SCCH IN UMTS SYSTEM - A method for controlling a power of a shared control channel for high speed downlink shared channel (HS-SCCH) in a system adopting a high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) technique is disclosed, which can control power of HS-SCCH by using the DPCH channel configured in each UE. Especially, by transmitting power of each sub-frame suitably for each UE, and by setting suitable transmission power of HS-SCCH according to whether it is in soft handover and according to whether it is a primary cell in soft handover, an inter-cell interference can be reduced and power of the base station can be effectively used.07-02-2009
20110190026CLOSED-LOOP TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS - To set an optimal transmission power control interval such that a base station apparatus properly receives signals from a mobile station, while exploiting fast scheduling and fast AMC, in this closed-loop transmission power control method, reception SINR and average interference level are measured in a signal received in uplink, a time period for averaging reception quality is determined corresponding to an overlapped size of a dynamic range of a base station apparatus that is a region of overlapping a first reception-allowable range depend on reception capability of the base station apparatus, with a second reception-allowable range, varying corresponding to the interference level, depend on the number of a modulation and coding scheme set, each set achieving required throughput, the reception SINR is averaged using the determined time period, and a TPC command indicative of uplink transmission power to be controlled in a terminal apparatus is generated using a difference value between the averaged reception SINR and target reception SINR, and is transmitted in downlink.08-04-2011
20100081469Multi Mode Outer Loop Power Control in a Wireless Network - A method and arrangement is provided for adjusting the transmission power of radio signals sent over a radio link from a second node to be received by a first node reducing the transmission power consumption and/or optimizing the radio system capacity. The first node maintains a quality target of the link by generating a SIR target value by means of running an outer loop power control, which SIR target value is used for generating a power adjustment command to be sent to the second node for adjusting the transmission power such that a power level adequate for providing the quality target of the link is achieved. The method comprises the step of detecting an abrupt change in the conditions of the radio signals received from the second node, generating a temporary SIR target value, and replacing the SIR target value generated by the outer loop power control with the temporary SIR target value when generating the power adjustment command to be sent to the second node for adjusting the transmission power.04-01-2010
20100035646TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL IN HSPDA - Method, mobile station, base station and computer program product for transmission power control in a wireless communication comprising the adjustment of the retransmission power for at least a part of an unsuccessfully received data block at a receiver according to the received information indicative of the channel qualities after an unsuccessful reception of the transmitted data block and prior to a retransmission of at least a part of the unsuccessfully transmitted data block and according to a required channel quality necessary for reaching a target BLEP (Block-Error Probability).02-11-2010
20090325623Radio Communication Method and Radio Base Station - A radio communication method includes the steps of: calculating a transmission power difference between a first carrier and a second carrier; determining whether or not the transmission power difference exceeds a threshold set up on the basis of a maximum transmission power difference allowable between the first carrier and the second carrier; and stopping transmission of power control information being an instruction to increase transmission power of the carrier having higher transmission power out of the first carrier and the second carrier when the transmission power difference exceeds the threshold set up on the basis of the maximum transmission power difference.12-31-2009
20090098900COEFFICIENT DECISION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COEFFICIENT DECISION METHOD, AND MEMORY MEDIUM - The present invention provides a radio communication system that can decide efficiently a filter coefficient used when averaging a transmission power value. The radio communication system of the present invention includes an acquisition unit (04-16-2009
20110207499ENHANCED UPLINK POWER CONTROL BASED ON INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT AND TRANSMISSION QUALITY CONTROL - The present invention provides an enhanced uplink power control mechanism based on interference management and transmission quality control: the uplink power is controlled on the basis of simultaneously considering both the interference of neighboring cells and the system performance of the cell, that is, the transmit power of the mobile station is controlled. The mobile station controls its transmit power according to interference over thermal of the neighboring cells or sectors of the cell or sector which the mobile station is located in, transmission loss compensation and quality of signal received from the mobile station by the base station which serves the mobile station. The uplink power is controlled on the basis of simultaneously considering both the interference of neighboring cells and the system performance of the cell via using the method and device of the present invention, and thus the system performance is improved effectively.08-25-2011
20090047986METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention provides a method for managing transmissions in a wireless communication network (02-19-2009
20100113085METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION POWER FOR THE SAME - A method for effectively allocating a transmission power and a method for transmitting SCH are disclosed. In this case, the transmission power of the SCH, which is important for initial cell search of the user equipment, is increased but is not allocated to a predetermined frequency region within one OFDM symbol to obtain the increased transmission power, thereby minimizing an influence on transmission of other channels within one OFDM symbol.05-06-2010
20090318182BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A femto base station according to the present invention includes: a downlink perch channel signal transmission power controller unit configured to change a transmission power of a downlink perch channel signal when a first condition is satisfied; and an uplink reception sensitivity controller unit configured to change an uplink reception sensitivity when a second condition is satisfied after the first condition is satisfied.12-24-2009
20100113084POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Power savings in a wireless digital network. In a network having a plurality of access nodes attached to a controller, access nodes are placed in reduced power states depending on network use or time. In a first embodiment, portions of an access node may be switched between normal and low power modes based on access node activity, or on command. In a second embodiment, the entire access node may be placed in a lower power mode, and awakened from this lower power mode by a LAN signal. A power manager monitors wireless network use to determine which access nodes connected to a controller are to be placed in a low power state. Calendar and time scheduling may also be used.05-06-2010
20090124276APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION POWER BALANCE ADJUSTMENT IN A MOBILE CELLULAR SYSTEM - A transmission power control system can establish synchronization by matching adjustment start timings while repeating adjustment periods even when start timings of transmission power balance adjustment are different due to fluctuation of transmission delay of control message from the control station to base station, and can increase circuit capacity by establishing balance of transmission powers between the base stations. In the transmission power control system the base station comprises control means for controlling initiation of a balance adjustment period for performing the balance adjustment from a frame number determined on the basis of frame number of the balance adjustment period.05-14-2009
20100267414Program for Adjusting Channel Interference Between Access Points in a Wireless Network - The performance and ease of management of wireless communications environments is improved by a mechanism that enables access points (APs) to perform automatic channel selection. A wireless network can therefore include multiple APs, each of which will automatically choose a channel such that channel usage is optimized. Furthermore, APs can perform automatic power adjustment so that multiple APs can operate on the same channel while minimizing interference with each other. Wireless stations are load balanced across APs so that user bandwidth is optimized. A movement detection scheme provides seamless roaming of stations between APs.10-21-2010
20120088538Transmit Power Control of Channels Transmitted in Different Frequency Regions - A mobile terminal transmits one or more first communication channels in a first frequency region and one or more second communication channels in a second frequency region. With the channels experiencing different fading conditions, the terminal receives separate transmit power control (TPC) commands. Instead of simply adjusting the transmit power of the channels as commanded, the terminal computes a power offset indicative of the difference between the commanded power of one or more of the first channels and the commanded power of one or more of the second channels. The terminal then selectively performs transmit power control of the first and second channels on either an independent basis, according to the respective TPC commands, or a joint basis, depending on whether the computed power offset falls outside of a pre-determined range of values. In doing so, the terminal allows independent control of channels, while also mitigating self-interference and/or spectral emissions.04-12-2012
20100273517METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPONENT TEMPERATURE CONTROL BASED ON REDUCTION OF DATA RATE AND WTRU TRANSMIT POWER - A method and an apparatus are provided for controlling component temperature in a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) and thereby preventing the component from reaching an undesirable temperature. A method and an apparatus are provided for reducing a value of a maximum allowed transmit power to adjust a data rate. The WTRU adjusts the value of the maximum allowed transmit power resulting in an adjustment to the temperature of the component.10-28-2010
20100016010Radio Communication Method and Radio Communication Terminal - A method includes the steps of calculating a transmission power difference between a first carrier and a second carrier, and determining whether or not the transmission power difference exceeds a threshold set up on the basis of a maximum transmission power difference allowable between the first carrier and the second carrier. When the transmission power difference exceeds the threshold set up on the basis of the maximum transmission power difference, the transmission power of the first carrier or the second carrier is controlled while maintaining the transmission power difference within the maximum transmission power difference and not complying with power control information corresponding to the first carrier or the second carrier.01-21-2010
20100087221METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING, REPORTING AND USING INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION INFORMATION - Apparatus and methods for power control for mitigation or control of interference in a wireless communications environment. Power control techniques can consider the effectiveness of interference cancellation before making power control determinations. For example, where interference with a base station from an interfering wireless terminal is being canceled such that the effects of that interference are not adversely affecting operations of the base station, the offending terminal can be left unchanged, or its transmit power can be increased. On the other hand, where the interference cancellation operation is not able to cancel the effects of the interfering signal sufficiently, the operation can lower the uplink transmit power of the offending signal so as to not cause interference to the other base station.04-08-2010
20100087220MULTI-HOP WIRELESS SYSTEMS HAVING NOISE REDUCTION AND BANDWIDTH EXPANSION CAPABILITIES AND THE METHODS OF THE SAME - The present invention provides methods for noise reduction and bandwidth expansion in wireless communication and the devices thereof. The method in accordance with the present invention may include identifying a plurality of neighbor nodes with respect to a central node; sending a first communication signal to the plurality of neighbor nodes, wherein the first communication signal is only sent to the nodes that are considered as the plurality of neighbor nodes by the central nodes; and based on the first communication signal, when the central node is transmitting data to one of the plurality of neighbor nodes, the other nodes of the plurality of neighbor nodes do not send data in the same channel, thereby reducing the noise in the wireless network.04-08-2010
20090305735Radio Communication Apparatus, Radio Communication System and Radio Communication Method - A radio communication apparatus includes a control unit for conducting modulation scheme changeover control to change a modulation scheme according to a state of a transmission path and automatic transmitter power control to control a transmission level of another radio communication apparatus to set a reception level of a reception signal to be received by the own apparatus to a predetermined value, wherein the control unit controls, when a changeover is conducted from a first modulation scheme to a second modulation scheme under the modulation scheme changeover control, to keep the transmission level of another radio communication apparatus at a predetermined value under the automatic transmitter power control and conducts, when resetting is conducted from the second modulation scheme to the first modulation scheme under the modulation scheme changeover control, at least one of transmission level reduction control to stepwise lower by a predetermined value the transmission level kept at the predetermined value under the automatic transmitter power control and reception level confirmation control to confirm a state of the reception level for a fixed period of time.12-10-2009
20100120464METHOD FOR CONTROLLING OUTPUT POWER IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention presents a method for controlling output power and reducing interference in a radio communications network wherein data transmitted over a radio interface is coded and transmitted in radio blocks. The data passes a buffer of a node before transmission. The method is characterized by a step of determining a recommended Modulation and Coding Scheme level, MCS level, based on at least one radio quality measurement. A further characterising step is analyzing of buffer characteristics and/or radio block usage of transmission radio blocks to determine if there is a preferred MCS level compared to the recommended MCS level. The preferred MCS level is typically a more robust MCS level. The recommended MCS, level if so determined, is decreased to the preferred MCS level, and in relation to decreasing the MCS level decreasing the output power according to a predefined down regulation scheme. The interference level is reduced in the network depending on an application type.05-13-2010
20100291962METHOD OF CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER - Provided is that a base station that receives an index and a path attenuation difference of a monitoring sector from a mobile station and receives an amount of interference of the monitoring sector from a base station that corresponds to the monitoring sector. In addition, the base station measures an interference state of the monitoring sector by using the amount of interference and the path attenuation difference and calculates a control value of uplink power based on the interference state of the monitoring sector. Further, the base station transmits the control value of the uplink power to the mobile station.11-18-2010
20110183703BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER, AND TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD - A base station apparatus includes a transmitting unit which transmits control information with an area as a unit, which area is in multiple numbers and each of which area is divided from a coverage area; a storing unit which stores control information corresponding to the divided area; and a determining unit which determines an order of distribution for each of the divided areas. The determining unit includes either or both of a unit which randomly determines the order of distribution for each of the divided areas and a unit which determines an order of distribution for distributing the same information with another base station apparatus.07-28-2011
20120108286Wireless Communication Apparatus, Wireless Communication System and Transmitting Power Control Method - A wireless communication apparatus having a plurality of neighboring wireless communication apparatuses may includes a wireless transmitter, an information control storage member, and a transmitting power calculator. A wireless transmitter may transmit a wireless signal with a transmitting power to a destination wireless communication apparatus. An information control storage member may maintain first information of links between the wireless communication apparatus and the plurality of neighboring wireless communication apparatuses, and second information of a communication route between the wireless communication apparatus and the destination wireless communication apparatus. A transmitting power calculator may calculate the transmitting power based on the first and second information, so as to ensure reception of the wireless signal.05-03-2012
20090264146OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - An integrated circuit configured for outer loop power control uses data transmitted in temporary dedicated channel allocations. A target metric, preferably, target SIR, is adjusted with differing step up and step down increments to converge on a relatively low steady state level of step up and step down target metric adjustments. The initial target SIR and the transient step size for target SIR adjustment is determined in a dynamic way in the outer loop power control for each Temp-DCH allocation of non-real time data.10-22-2009
20090258666METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION IN CELL_FACH STATE AND IDLE MODE - A method and apparatus for selecting an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transport format combination (E-TFC) in Cell_FACH state and idle mode are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits a random access channel (RACH) preamble and receives an index to an E-DCH resource in response to the RACH preamble. The WTRU may estimate a power headroom based on the maximum WTRU transmit power, power offset value, and the last successfully transmitted RACH preamble transmit power. The WTRU restricts an E-TFC based on the estimated power headroom, and selects an E-TFC based on a set of supported E-TFCs. The WTRU then generates, and transmits, a protocol data unit (PDU) based on the selected E-TFC.10-15-2009
20110195743METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER MANAGEMENT - In an apparatus and a method for power management, it is possible to minimize power consumption by starting an application service by selectively using a heterogeneous network interface of a terminal mounted with a plurality of heterogeneous networks.08-11-2011
20120295655MOBILE DEVICE, METHOD AND MACHINE-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR ADJUSTING RADIO POWER - A mobile device camping on a radio access network is provided. The mobile device includes an antenna, a radio frequency module, a detector and a processor. The RF module transmits a data packet to the radio access network via the antenna according to a radio power. The detector detects a distance between the mobile device and a user, and generates a detection signal according to the distance between the mobile device and the user. The processor controls the antenna and the RF module to transmit a first power level of the radio power to the radio access network according to the detection signal, so as to obtain a second power level from the radio access network, wherein the processor adjusts the radio power according to the second power level.11-22-2012
20120295656METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station in a wireless communication system and a method for controlling power by the same are provided. The method includes receiving channel state information from a mobile terminal, calculating information regarding a Modulation order Product code Rate (MPR) of the mobile terminal using the channel state information, and controlling transmission power for the mobile terminal according to the information regarding the MPR.11-22-2012
20090093267METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING DISTRIBUTED OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method and system for performing distributed outer loop power control in a wireless communication network are disclosed. The method includes the steps of determining a transmit power for a plurality of transmitting nodes such that signals sent from each of the transmitting nodes are received at a receiver associated with a receiving node at a predetermined signal-to-interference plus noise ratio (SINR) set point, increasing the SINR at the receiving node of one or more transmitting nodes of the plurality of transmitting nodes if a saturation value for a front end of the receiver associated with the receiving node is not near a predetermined saturation value, and decreasing the SINR at the receiving node of the one or more transmitting nodes of the plurality of transmitting nodes if the saturation value for the front end of the receiver associated with the receiving node is near the predetermined saturation value.04-09-2009
20090258664Discontinuous Reception of Bursts for Voice Calls - A mobile terminal capable of operating in a Discontinuous Transmission mode during an active voice call with a remote party is also capable of operating in a Discontinuous Reception mode during the same active voice call. Particularly, a receiving mobile terminal monitors when the remote party stops transmitting speech during the active voice call. If there are no speech signals to receive, the mobile terminal switches it's receiver “off” for selected receive time slots to save battery power.10-15-2009
20090280857Method and Apparatus for Transmit Power Control in Wireless Data Communication Systems - The distance between a first Multi Band Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex (MB-OFDM) data transceiver and a second or more such transceiver is determined using known techniques. The radio frequency path loss between transceivers is estimated given said distance, using a known relationship between distance and path loss, and further accounting for line-of-sight or non-line-of-sight conditions if desired. This path loss value is added to the typically minimum transmit power level, absent path loss, needed for reliable data communication. This modified initial transmit power level is then used by the first transceiver to begin the known iterative feedback process of transmit power control (TPC). Because this modified initial transmit power level, based on distance, is closer to the final optimum level, convergence in the TPC process occurs in fewer steps and less time than had the initial transmit power been maximum power as is typical in known TPC systems.11-12-2009
20090286565Apparatus and Method for Transmit Power Control Frequency Selection in Wireless Networks - A wireless endpoint is a Wireless Regional Area Network (WRAN) endpoint, such as a base station (BS) or customer premise equipment (CPE). The WRAN endpoint performs channel sensing to determine which channels are available for use and begins transmission on an available channel. Upon detection of a TV broadcast on an adjacent channel, the WRAN endpoint adjusts a power level of its transmitted signal.11-19-2009
20090286566Method, apparatus and computer program for power control related to random access procedures - A first power control adjustment state g(i) and a second power control adjustment state f(i) are initialized for i=0 to each reflect an open loop power control error. An initial transmit power for a shared uplink channel is computed using full pathloss compensation. The computed initial transmit power depends on a preamble power of a first message sent on an access channel, and the initial transmit power is initialized with the second power control adjustment state f(0). A third message is sent from a transmitter on an uplink shared channel at the initial transmit power. In various implementations, the power for i=0 on the uplink control channel is also initialized similar to the initial transmit power for the third message and using full pathloss compensation, and after the third message (and retransmissions of it), subsequent messages sent on the uplink shared channel are sent at a power that is computed using fractional pathloss compensation.11-19-2009
20080207247METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL DURING DTX OPERATION - Techniques for performing power control during discontinuous transmission (DTX) operation are described. A UE transmits on the uplink during a transmission burst and receives TPC commands generated by a Node B based on the uplink transmission. The UE may receive two TPC commands at the end of the transmission burst that are not applied during the transmission burst. The UE saves and applies these two TPC commands in the next transmission burst. In one design, the UE applies each saved TPC command in one slot of the next transmission burst. In another design, the UE combines the two saved TPC commands and applies the combined value in the first two slots of the next transmission burst. In yet another design, the UE selects one of the saved TPC commands and applies the selected TPC command in the first two slots of the next transmission burst.08-28-2008
20080207251METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR POWER CONTROL - A method for setting a power control level (08-28-2008
20080207245Mobile Communications System, Base Station Control Apparatus, and Mobile Terminal - A mobile communications system in which plural possible values for a maximum number of non-serving base stations which can be selected by a base station control apparatus are made available, and the maximum number is set up among the plural possible values for the maximum number of non-serving base station made available according to the capability of mobile terminal. Thereby, in a case in which the mobile terminal has a low transmission rate, an advantage of being able to reduce the circuit size of the receiving circuit of the mobile terminal is realized.08-28-2008
20080207243Transmission Power Control Method, Mobile Station, Radio Base Station, and Radio Line Control Station - The present invention relates to a transmission power control method which controls a transmission power of uplink user data for transmitting an uplink user data from a mobile station to a radio base station. The transmission power control method according to the present invention includes: transmitting, from the mobile station to the radio base station, a transmission data block which includes control information periodically, even when user data to be transmitted has not existed in a transmission buffer of the mobile station; notifying, at the radio base station, the number of retransmissions of the transmission data block, to a radio network controller; determining, at the radio network controller, a target SIR of a dedicated physical control channel in the radio base station based on the notified number of retransmissions and notifying the determined target SIR to the radio base station; controlling, at the radio base station, a transmission power of the dedicated physical control channel in the mobile station based on the notified target SIR; and determining, at the radio network controller, a transmission wave amplitude ratio between the uplink user data channel and the dedicated physical control channel based on the notified number of retransmissions and notifying the determined transmission wave amplitude ratio to the mobile station.08-28-2008
20090104927Communication System, Communication Apparatus and Communication Control Method - A communication system that applies different modulation methods to a first data portion and a second data portion which constitute communication data, includes: a receiving strength detection unit which detects a receiving strength of the communication data; a receiving strength transmission unit transmitting the receiving strength to a transmission portion which transmits the communication data; a receiving unit which receives the transmitted receiving strength; and a transmission power control unit which controls transmission power for transmitting each of the first and second data portions based on the transmitted receiving strength. Therefore, the communication system can improve the demodulation characteristics and reduce a power consumption of a communication apparatus at a receiving side04-23-2009
20090291705ACCESS POINT MULTI-LEVEL TRANSMISSION POWER AND PROTOCOL CONTROL BASED ON THE EXCHANGE OF CHARACTERISTICS - A wireless access point and multiple wireless terminals exchange utilization, status, mobility and reception characteristics. Each wireless terminal generates reception characteristics based on transmissions received from the wireless access point and from other devices in the network. In one operating mode, the characteristics gathered by the wireless devices are forwarded to the wireless access point, and, based on all received characteristics, the wireless access point selects its own transmission power for different types of the transmission. In another mode, all characteristics are exchanged between every wireless terminal and the access point so that each can independently or cooperatively make transmission power control decisions. In a further mode, the wireless access point adjusts protocol parameters based on an assessment of the characteristics received from the client devices. The utilization, status, mobility, and reception characteristics include received signal strength, error rates, estimated battery life, availability of unlimited power, active versus sleep mode ratios, anticipated bandwidth utilization, coding schemes available, deterministic/non-deterministic requirements, encryption and security requirements, quality of service requirements, position, velocity, stationary status, etc. Gathering of such characteristics involves both retrieval of preset parameters from memory and generating parameters based on received transmissions (including test packets).11-26-2009
20090280853SIGNALING-TRIGGERED POWER ADJUSTMENT IN A FEMTO CELL - System(s) and method(s) are provided for signaling-triggered power adjustment in a femto cell. Attachment signal activity is measured and a set of derived signaling activity metrics are assessed and compared with a set of thresholds. An activity metric that overcomes an associated threshold results in a power adjustment of the transmission power of a femto access point (AP). By monitoring LAU (location area update), RAU (routing area update), and call activity, signaling activity metrics (e.g., signaling failure rate, access control rejection rate, or dwell time) are determined and a femto AP can optimize transmission power to ensure coverage maintenance and confinement, as well as mitigate unnecessary signaling. Alarm(s) can be conveyed to a femto network platform when power increases after an adjustment cycle; alarm(s) can prompt a network-based response to actively address femto cell operation. Signaling-triggered power management affects operation of AP serving the femto cell and served mobile terminals.11-12-2009
20090280856RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A disclosed radio communication apparatus includes a preceding unit, a optimum transmit power calculation unit and a transmission unit. The optimum transmit power calculation unit receives the transmit weight related information from the preceding unit and calculates a transmit power level to optimize an objective function in accordance with an interior point method. The objective function results from addition of a barrier function adjusted with a barrier parameter to an original objective function associated with a constrained optimization problem. The original objective function includes a function of respective channel capacities for individual users derived from the transmit weight related information. The optimum transmit power calculation unit adaptively updates a logarithm of the barrier parameter and uses a gradient obtained through a high-order derivative with the logarithm of the barrier parameter to calculate the transmit power level to optimize the resulting objective function.11-12-2009
20090280855RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A disclosed radio communication apparatus includes a preceding unit configured to precode multiple streams, a splitting unit configured to split the precoded streams into two or more stream sets each including one or more streams, a sub power optimization unit configured to execute an iterative transmit power optimization algorithm on each of the split stream sets to determine respective transmit power levels for the individual stream sets, a power optimization unit configured to execute the iterative transmit power optimization algorithm by using the determined transmit power levels as initial values for the iterative transmit power optimization algorithm to determine respective transmit power levels for the individual streams, and a transmission unit configured to transmit radio signals from individual transmit antennas at the determined transmit power levels.11-12-2009
20110171991METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR DETERMINING A MINIMUM TRANSMIT POWER GAIN FACTOR FOR AN ENHANCED UPLINK DATA COMMUNICATION - A method and arrangement are provided for determining a minimum value or range for a transmit power gain factor an enhanced uplink data channel, referred to as βed; min, that controls the transmit power level for the enhanced uplink data channel relative to the transmit power for the uplink control channel so as to ensure delivery of a minimum data service requirement over the enhanced uplink data channel. The minimum value or range for the enhanced uplink data channel power gain factor may be determined based on a selected enhanced uplink transmission format and/or a maximum number of allowable transmission attempts over the enhanced uplink data channel for a communications session so that the required Quality of Service (QoS) for the communications session can be fulfilled and an expected uplink coverage gain can be reached. The minimum value or range for the enhanced uplink data channel power gain factor is also compatible with other techniques to increase enhanced uplink coverage such as autonomous retransmission and improved L2 techniques.07-14-2011
20110171990TERMINAL, METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FOR POWER SAVING - Provided are a terminal for power saving, a power saving method of the terminal, and a wireless communication system for power saving. A receiving terminal may receive scheduling information associated with data transmission and reception of a transmitting terminal. The receiving terminal may directly communicate with the transmitting terminal by referring to the scheduling information.07-14-2011
20110171988METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ABOUT AVAILABLE POWER OF TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting power headroom information by a terminal in a mobile communication system, in which power headroom information is generated and transmitted if a change in power headroom is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold and a total amount of data stored in a buffer of the terminal is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold.07-14-2011
20110171992METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER FOR MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of controlling uplink transmit power is provided. An estimated path-loss value for each of downlink signals from a control base station and one or more neighboring base stations is calculated. A signal path-loss value by using the calculated plurality of estimated path-loss values is obtained. An open-loop power control parameter by using the signal path-loss value is obtained. Uplink power can be controlled by considering cooperative communication of a plurality of base stations in a multi-cell cooperative radio communication system.07-14-2011
20110171989METHOD AND APPARATUS OF POWER INCREASE/DECREASE REQUEST OF A USER EQUIPMENT USING A PLURALITY OF FREQUENCIES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of a power increase/decrease request of a user equipment in a wireless communication system using a plurality of frequencies is disclosed. The method of operating of a user equipment comprises receiving grants for each of the plurality of uplink frequencies from a base station; dividing a maximum power of the user equipment for each of the plurality of uplink frequencies in accordance with the received grants, and selecting a corresponding transport block for each of the plurality of uplink frequencies by considering the received grants; and comparing a remaining power of the user equipment to a power obtained by subtracting a power required to transmit a first transport block selected for a first uplink frequency from a power required to transmit a minimum transport block, which transmits more data than those of the first transport block.07-14-2011
20090209278 ACCESS TERMINAL BATTERY LIFE THROUGH SEARCH RATE CONTROL - The method and apparatus as described are directed toward techniques and mechanisms to improve access terminal battery life through search rate control. Controlling the rate at which access terminals search for alternate networks in a cell, and more particularly reducing unnecessary attempts, significantly increases the battery life of the access terminal.08-20-2009
20110269497TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION SELECTING METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE STATION - In a method of selecting a transport format combination according to the present invention, a mobile station calculates the transmission power of a first physical channel using a first TFC with respect to each of first TFCs, and determines whether the mobile station is in a transmission capable state or not. Then, the mobile station calculates the sum of the transmission power of first and second physical channels using first and TFCs, with respect to each of combinations of the first and second TFCs, and determines whether the mobile station is in the transmission capable state or not. Then, the mobile station selects a first TFC from the first TFCs wherein the mobile station is in the transmission capable state. Then, the mobile station selects a second TFC from the second TFCs which are included in combinations wherein the mobile station is in the transmission capable state among the combinations including the selected first TFC. Thereafter, the mobile station transmits data in the first and second physical channels using the selected first and second TFCs, respectively.11-03-2011
20090170547INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An access terminal is enabled to communicate with a private access point while interference caused by the access terminal is mitigated. A maximum allowable transmit rate of the access terminal for communication with the private access point is determined. The access terminal is caused to communicate at a transmit rate at or below the maximum allowable transmit rate.07-02-2009
20100137016METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF A BASE STATION OF A WIRELESS CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for controlling operation of a first base station of a wireless cellular telecommunication network including plural base stations and a server. The first base station sets transmission power of signals transferred by the first base station at a first transmission power value, detects a predetermined signal transferred by a mobile terminal, and if a predetermined signal is detected: establishes a communication link with the server, obtains from the server information identifying each second base station that manages a cell that is neighbour of the cell managed by the first base station and that is transferring signals at a second transmission power higher than the first transmission power value, establishes a communication link with each second base station, and sets the transmission power of the signals transferred by the first base station at a second transmission power value higher than the first transmission power.06-03-2010
20100099453TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmission power control method for controlling a transmission power of an E-HICH for uplink user data transmitted from a cell controlled by a radio base station to a mobile station, includes: notifying, from a radio network controller to at least one radio base station controlling a first cell and a second cell, offsets between the transmission power of the E-HICH and a transmission power of a DPCH, when a mobile station is performing a soft-handover with the first and second cell; determining, at the first cell, a transmission power of a first E-HICH based on a notified offset, and transmitting the first E-HICH to the mobile station using the determined transmission power; and determining, at the second cell, transmission power of a second E-HICH based on a notified offset, and transmitting the second E-HICH to the mobile station using the determined transmission power.04-22-2010
20080274763Transmit Power Control in a Radio Station - A radio station (11-06-2008
20080233993METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling a transmit power includes determining a power control parameter of an assigned timeslot, wherein the value of the power control parameter is a default value if the assigned timeslot is assigned with no power control parameter and the value of the power control parameter is the current value if the assigned timeslot is already used by the mobile station and determining the transmit power on an uplink channel.09-25-2008
20100248774POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system includes a first network device and a second network device. A power consumption control method applied to the communication system includes the steps of: checking a receiving capability of the first network device to generate a first checking result; and selectively notifying the second network device to adjust a transmitting capability of the second network device according to the first checking result. When the first checking result indicates that the receiving capability of the first network device is greater than a first threshold, transmit a first notice signal to notify the second network device. When receiving the first notice signal, lower the transmitting capability of the second network device.09-30-2010
20100248773METHOD OF DRIVING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method of driving a mobile communication terminal in a cellular network, includes monitoring with a control unit of the mobile communications terminal, reception power levels between the mobile communication terminal and cellular network base stations at a predefined monitoring rate for each base station. Timing information values for a number of base stations are intermittently monitored by the control unit. Drift of the timing information values for at least two of the base stations is monitored and significant motion of the mobile communication terminal is deemed detected if at least one of the timing information values indicates a drift equal to or exceeding a given timing drift threshold. The predefined reception power level monitoring rate is reduced to a reduced reception power level monitoring rate for at least a number of the base stations as long as the motion of the mobile communication terminal is not significant.09-30-2010
20090061919POWER CONSUMPTION MANAGEMENT BASED ON TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL DATA AND METHOD FOR USE THEREWITH - An integrated circuit (IC) includes an RF transmitter that transmits a transmit signal at a selectable transmit power, based on a transmit power control signal. An RF receiver receives a received signal from an external device, the received signal including transmit power control data. A processing module generates the transmit power control signal based on the transmit power control data, and that generates a power mode signal for adjusting the power consumption of the RF receiver, based on the transmit power control data.03-05-2009
20080287155MULTIPLEXING AND POWER CONTROL OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting control information in a wireless communication system are described. The system may support acknowledgement (ACK) channels and channel quality indicator (CQI) channels, which may have different target signal-to-noise ratios (SNRs). The ACK and CQI channels from different user equipments (UEs) may be multiplexed on the same resource block. In one design, the transmit power of a CQI channel may be set to achieve a nominal target SNR for CQI when not multiplexed with the ACK channels and may be reduced to achieve a lower target SNR when multiplexed with the ACK channels. In another design, the transmit power of an ACK channel may be set to achieve a nominal target SNR for ACK when not multiplexed with the CQI channels and may be boosted to achieve a higher target SNR when multiplexed with the CQI channels. The CQI channel may randomly hop to mitigate performance degradation.11-20-2008
20080293444Method For Power Control in a Wireless Station - The present invention relates to a power control method in a wireless station and a wireless station implementing said method. A transmission power is selected for transmission of a signal (e.g. a Request to Send control frame or a Clear to Send control frame) locally reserving a wireless medium for communication of data involving the wireless station based on Quality of Service requirements associated with said communication of data. Said signal is transmitted at said selected transmission power.11-27-2008
20080305822Methods and Apparatus for Random Access in Multi-Carrier Communication Systems - Methods and apparatus in a multi-carrier cellular wireless network (12-11-2008
20080305823Base Station Device and Wireless Communication Method - A base station device enabling prevention of an increase of the power consumption of a terminal and reduction of interference caused in neighboring cells. The base station device (12-11-2008
20080311947Method of and apparatus for reducing power consumption in a mobile telephony system - A method of decoding data comprising a plurality of data-bursts, comprising the steps of: 12-18-2008
20110028180TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND PROGRAM - There is provided a method for controlling a transmission power in a second communication service making secondary usage of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service, with use of any node of one or more secondary usage node that transmits a radio signal of the second communication service, comprising the steps of: acquiring an acceptable interference power allocated to the second communication service; calculating a total sum of interference power levels on the first communication service based on transmission powers respectively required for the one or more secondary usage node; and excluding any secondary usage node of the one or more secondary usage node from allocation of the transmission power when the calculated total sum of interference power levels is larger than the acceptable interference power.02-03-2011
20110028179TRANSMISSION POWER DETERMINATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND PROGRAM - There is provided a method for determining an acceptable transmission power for a second communication service making secondary usage of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service, comprising the step of determining the acceptable transmission power based on quality of a radio signal required in the first communication service, an interference level or a noise level in the first communication service, and a path loss on a communication path about one or more secondary usage node that transmits a radio signal of the second communication service.02-03-2011
20110190027Transmission of a Synchronization Signal within a Cellular Telecommunication Network with Temporarily Increased Transmitting Power - It is described a method for transmitting a synchronization signal within a cellular telecommunication network. The method includes activating a first base station of the cellular telecommunication network, informing at least one second base station, which is a potentially interfering base station with respect to the first base station, about the activation of the first base station, and broadcasting the synchronization signal by the at least one second base station with a temporarily increased transmitting power. It is further described a second base station for transmitting a synchronization signal to another base station of the cellular telecommunication network and a central network element, which is adapted to prompt a base station in order to transmit a synchronization signal. Furthermore, it is described a program element, which is adapted for controlling the described synchronization signal transmitting method.08-04-2011
20110190025DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A device and method for controlling power for a mobile communication terminal correct a difference between the transmission power of a mobile communication terminal set by a radio frequency (RF) test and the transmission power radiated by the antenna of the mobile communication terminal when communicating with a base station. A device includes a communication path detector to determine whether the mobile communication terminal communicates with RF test equipment or a base station, and a power controller to set a measured power control value for data transmission.08-04-2011
20110190024INTERFERENCE MITIGATION BY PUNCTURING TRANSMISSION OF INTERFERING CELLS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate controlling interference in a heterogeneous wireless communication environment. A Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH) transmission from an interfering base station can be punctured based upon a puncturing pattern as a function of a cell identifier (ID) and a transmit time. Puncturing can be effectuated by applying power control. Thus, a punctured symbol or subframe can have a reduced transmit power or a transmit power set to zero. Further, the puncturing pattern can be defined on a subframe basis or on a symbol basis.08-04-2011
20080268894POWER CONTROL OF POINT TO MULTIPOINT PHYSICAL CHANNELS - A method and apparatus are used to determine an efficient transmit power for point to multipoint (PtM) transmissions by maintaining a database at a base station which specifies which of a plurality of wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) are members of each PtM group. The transmit power of each WTRU's downlink dedicated channel is adjusted to the minimum required power necessary and the PtM transmit power for each PtM group is set such that the PtM transmit power of a PtM group is equal to the greatest of a WTRU in the PtM group plus a PtM power offset.10-30-2008
20080268893CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE OF UPLINK ACCESS TRANSMISSION POWER IN RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A control method and device for uplink access transmission power are provided that can control inter-cell interference in a radio communications system. In a radio communications system including a plurality of radio communication devices which control a plurality of cells respectively, each radio communication device detects an uplink access delay in its own cell, compares the uplink access delay with a target delay, and, based on the result of this comparison, controls a value related to uplink access transmission power.10-30-2008
20100137017UPLINK POWER CONTROL FOR DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for power control for distributed wireless communication is disclosed including one or more power control loops associated with a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). Each power control loop may include open loop power control or closed loop power control. A multi-phase power control method is also disclosed with each phase representing a different time interval and a WTRU sends transmissions at different power levels to different set of node-Bs or relay stations during different phases to optimize communications.06-03-2010
20100137018METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF UPLINK PHYSICAL CHANNEL - A method for controlling power of an uplink physical channel includes: computing a relative gain factor in a compressed mode; correcting the relative gain factor to obtain a corrected relative gain factor; generating a gain factor in the compressed mode according to the corrected relative gain factor; controlling power of the uplink physical channel according to the gain factor in the compressed mode generated. In embodiments of the present invention, after being computed, the relative gain factor in the compressed mode is corrected, then the gain factor in the compressed mode is generated according to the corrected relative gain factor. Thus, an accurate gain factor may be acquired for controlling the power of the uplink physical channel.06-03-2010
20090181714RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station includes: a table storage unit storing a table in which an E-TFCI indicating a transport format combination indicator of the physical data channel to be transmitted by a mobile station is associated with βed that is used to determine a SG and is an offset value of transmission power of the physical data channel to be transmitted by the mobile station; a parameter selector selecting the βed associated with the E-TFCI from the table; and a communication controller determining a SG based on the βed thus selected and an E-TFCI associated with the selected βed, and controlling transmission power of the mobile station by using the SG thus determined.07-16-2009
20090181713METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER SOURCE OF TERMINAL DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING WITH WIRELESS WIDE AREA NETWORK - A method of controlling a power source of a terminal device for communicating with a wireless wide area network, the method including: receiving a data packet; determines whether only some components of the terminal device are to be used to process the received data packet or whether an entirety of the terminal device is to be used to process the received data packet; and based on the determination result, waking up the some components of the terminal device or the entirety of the terminal device from a sleep mode to an awake mode so as to process the received data packet.07-16-2009
20120142392MULTI-STAGE TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL SCHEME FOR ACCESS POINT - Transmit power for an access point is controlled based on information received by the access point. For example, an access point may employ one or more algorithms that use messages received from nearby access terminals to maintain an acceptable tradeoff between providing an adequate coverage area for access point transmissions and mitigating interference that these transmissions cause at nearby access terminals. Here, the access point may employ a network listen-based algorithm upon initialization of the access terminal to provide preliminary transmit power control until sufficient information is collected for another transmit power control algorithm (e.g., an access terminal assisted algorithm). Also, the access terminal may employ an active access terminal protection scheme to mitigate interference the access point may otherwise cause to a nearby access terminal that is in active communication with another access point.06-07-2012
20090181715POWER CONTROL DURING A TRANSMISSION PAUSE - A transmitting station performs closed loop power control prior to a transmission pause. A closed loop transmission power level prior to the pause is determined. A reference signal is received and a received power level of the reference signal prior to and during the transmission pause is determined. The measured reference signal received power levels are compared to a transmit power level of the reference signals to produce a pathloss estimate of the reference signal prior to and during the transmission pause. A new transmit power level is determined by adjusting the closed loop transmission power level by a change between the prior to and during pathloss estimates. A transmission power level of the transmitting station is set to the determined new transmit power level. A communication is transmitted at the set transmission power level.07-16-2009
20090131097APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION POWER BALANCE ADJUSTMENT IN A MOBILE CELLULAR SYSTEM - A transmission power control system can establish synchronization by matching adjustment start timings while repeating adjustment periods even when start timings of transmission power balance adjustment are different due to fluctuation of transmission delay of control message from the control station to base station, and can increase circuit capacity by establishing balance of transmission powers between the base stations. In the transmission power control system the base station comprises control means for controlling initiation of a balance adjustment period for performing the balance adjustment from a frame number determined on the basis of frame number of the balance adjustment period.05-21-2009
20080318612Method and Apparatus For Limiting Peer-to-Peer Communication Interference - Peer-to-peer communication between user terminals in a licensed spectrum is enabled by a method comprising the following steps: —communicating directly, peer-to-peer, between the first and the second mobile terminal, and —disconnecting the peer-to-peer communication in dependence of control signals received or not received from the base station. Thus, according to the invention, the network is enabled to control the peer-to-peer communication between two user terminals.12-25-2008
20110207500BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND CONTROL PROGRAM - [Problems] Because it is not possible to reduce sufficiently the number of base stations that starts uselessly in spite of being in light traffic state, it is not possible to lower interference between adjacent cells and power consumption sufficiently.08-25-2011
20110207498Resource Configuration Method, Device, and System - A resource configuration method includes acquiring capability information of a base station (BS), in which the capability information of the BS includes information indicating whether the BS has channel power boost capability. Capability information of a user equipment (UE) is acquired. The capability information of the UE includes information indicating whether the UE has the channel power boost capability. The BS is notified to configure resources for performing channel estimation by using the channel power boost capability for the UE if the UE and the BS both have the channel power boost capability.08-25-2011
20090082055Cordless telephone system - A cordless telephone system consisting of a fixed station and at least one mobile station, both of which switch over to standby operation after a telephone conversation has been terminated, and correspond with one another at fixed intervals. Each mobile station is registered in the fixed station and can be addressed by the fixed station, and both the fixed and the mobile station each have a receiver circuit and a transmission circuit. The transmission power of the transmission amplifier can be set, at least in the fixed station, as a function of the number of connected mobile stations.03-26-2009
20090298528METHOD FOR CONTROL OF CONTENTION-BASED WIRELESS ACCESS - The present invention is a method for controlling access to a contention-based communication channel. Error types of a transmitted communication signal over the communication channel are classified and corresponding parameters of the communication channel are adjusted in response to the classification to control the rate at which individual error types occur.12-03-2009
20090163238Adjusting Wireless Signal Transmission Power - A home base station receives signal to interference and noise ratio data from at least one access terminal, determines whether a transmission power of the home base station should be adjusted based on the received signal to interference and noise ratio data, and then adaptively adjusts the transmission power of the home base station based on the received signal to interference and noise ratio data.06-25-2009
20090186648Power Control In A Wireless System Having Multiple Interfering Communication Resources - A wireless communication system having multiple interfering communication resources is considered. A power control procedure is based on assigning (S07-23-2009
20090005107TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling the power of a signal transmitted between a base station and a mobile terminal which constitute a mobile communication system. At least one of the base station and the mobile terminal has functions to compare a predetermined reference value and a necessary transmission power obtained as a result of transmission power control in order to compensate for a signal intensity fluctuation occurring on a link between the base station and the mobile terminal, temporarily stopping the transmission if the necessary transmission power is larger than a predetermined permissible value, and transmit the signal if the necessary transmission power is equal to or smaller than the predetermined permissible value.01-01-2009
20090005102Method and Apparatus for Dynamically Adjusting Base Station Transmit Power - The invention includes a method and apparatus for adjusting the transmit power of a base station. In one embodiment, the transmit power of a base station is adjusted using rate metrics. A method according to one embodiment includes adjusting a transmit power of a target base station based on a per-user rate metric associated with the target base station and at least one per-user rate metric associated with at least one other base station. The per-user rate metrics may be based on any base station metrics, such as average system throughput of the base station, aggregate cell capacity of the base station, and the like. The per-user rate metrics may be computed or estimated using feedback information from wireless user devices. In one embodiment, the transmit power of a base station is adjusted using other information, such as geographic distances between base station, signal strength measurements received at base stations from other base stations, and the like, as well as various combinations thereof. A method according to one embodiment includes obtaining non-feedback information and adjusting the transmit power of the base station using the non-feedback information.01-01-2009
20090005101Transmission Power Control Apparatus, Propagation Path Estimating Apparatus, Transmission Power Control Method, and Propagation Path Estimating Method - A transmission power control apparatus capable of reducing unnecessary transmission power that is consumed in transmission of pilot symbols. In the apparatus, a power control part (01-01-2009
20090143092Power control - The invention relates to control of transmission power in cellular networks, specifically in cells having transmitters in several frequency bands. The invention allows the network to control the maximum transmission power of a mobile station in more than one frequency band.06-04-2009
20090061918Method and Apparatus for Managing Power Consumption Relating to a Differential Serial Communication Link - A circuit includes a primary transceiver, a secondary transceiver, and control logic. The primary transceiver communicates information via a primary communication link. The secondary transceiver communicates information via a secondary communication link. The control logic is operatively coupled to the primary and secondary transceivers. The control logic selectively powers down the primary transceiver based on primary communication link traffic trigger information and causes communication using the secondary transceiver instead of the primary transceiver based on the primary communication link traffic trigger information.03-05-2009
20090005103EMBEDDED IC TEST CIRCUITS AND METHODS - A self-testing transceiver having an on-chip power detection capability is provided. The self-testing transceiver can include a semiconductor substrate and a transmitter having a high-power amplifier disposed on the substrate. The self-testing transceiver also can include a receiver disposed on the substrate for selectively coupling to an antenna. The self-testing transceiver can further include at least one power detector disposed on the semiconductor substrate for determining a power such as an RMS and/or peak-power of a signal at an internal node of the self-testing transceiver. Additionally, the self-testing transceiver can include a loopback circuit disposed on the substrate.01-01-2009
20080318611Communication System, Apparatus and Method of Operating a Communication System - A radio communication system comprises a first radio station (12-25-2008
20080318615Radio base station and control method thereof - To provide a radio base station and a control method thereof wherein a simple way is used to relax the load concentration of a power control and also relax the control delay. A radio base station and a control method thereof wherein a frame generating part inserts a dummy TPC command, and a power setting part sets a TPC command, whereby a process of deciding the TPC command to be inserted can be delayed by the time required for the processes done in the frame generating part, a modulating part and a spreading part and wherein the process of deciding the TPC command and a process of deciding a power value are separated from and done at different timings from a process of controlling a TPC command insertion status and a process of controlling a power setting status, with the result that even when the processes are concentrated, a load dispersion can be done.12-25-2008
20080318613SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION USING MACRODIVERSITY IN MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS - In a wireless network, plural downlink signals from plural base stations are transmitted to a terminal. The plural downlink signals all carry the same information to the terminal. The terminal provides feedback on the downlink channels. The feedback provides information on the taps of the channels. The amount of information fed back is constrained. Based on the feedback, transmission parameters of the downlink signals are adjusted. The process of transmitting, providing feedback, and adjusting the parameters continue so that the energy of the downlink signal is enhanced at the terminal location and suppressed elsewhere. Beam forming can be used to further suppress the energy signature at locations other than the terminal location.12-25-2008
20090325624LOAD DISTRIBUTION AMONG BASE STATIONS THROUGH TRANSMIT POWER VARIATION - A method of load distribution between a first base station and a second base station determines in a user device, that the first and second base stations are simultaneously within range of the user device. The user device is set as a bridge. Load factors and available resources of each base station within range of the bridge user device are provided. A first, less loaded base station increases its power until the power of the first base station is within a predetermined range of the power of a second, more loaded base station.12-31-2009
20090325627TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD OF UPLINK PACKET DATA TRANSMISSION - A mobile station (MS) transmits a first data flow to a first group of base stations with a first power offset, transmits a second data flow to a second group of base stations, and further transmits a pilot signal. A radio network controller (RNC) controls the power of the pilot signal power based on reception errors of the second data flow, calculates the first power offset based on signaled required level of the first power offset from base stations (BTS) of the first group which calculate the required level of the first power offset based on an occurrence of retransmission, and signals the calculated first power offset to the mobile station.12-31-2009
20090325625Method, apparatus and computer program for power control to mitigate interference - A network determines that a first radio node communicating on a radio resource with a second radio node is interfering with a third radio node communicating on the radio resource with the network. The network manages the interference by controlling transmit power of at least one of the first radio node and the third radio node. It may be by sending a command that indicates an amount by which the first or second radio node is to decrease its transmit power; and/or that indicates an amount by which the third radio node is to boost its transmit power. The network can measure a sounding signal it triggers from the first radio node, measure and compare to a threshold that guarantees a QoS for the third radio node, and compute appropriate backoff or boost values. The first and second radio nodes may be using device-to-device communications or a femto network.12-31-2009
20090325626MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for communicating on multiple carriers in a wireless communication network are described. In an aspect, different transmit power levels may be used for different carriers to mitigate interference. A first base station may be assigned one or more carriers among multiple carriers available for communication. A second base station may be assigned one or more carriers not assigned to the first base station. Each base station may communicate on each assigned carrier at a first (e.g., full) transmit power level and may communicate on each unassigned carrier at a second (e.g., lower) transmit power level lower. The first and second base stations may belong in different power classes or support different association types. In another aspect, control information may be sent on a designated carrier to support communication on multiple carriers. In yet another aspect, a base station may broadcast bar information indicating the status of carriers.12-31-2009
20090082058RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROGRAM - The invention is applied to a radio base station apparatus that allocates a resource to HS-PDSCH and transmits data via the HS-PDSCH to a mobile station. The radio base station apparatus includes: a BLER measurement unit that measures the BLER of a signal received from the mobile station; and a resource allocation unit that, when the measured BLER is equal to or larger than a target value, increases stepwise by a given amount, the amount of data transmit power allocated as the resource to the HS-PDSCH.03-26-2009
20090082057COGNITIVE RADIO TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING USING COGNITIVE RADIO - A cognitive radio terminal device. The cognitive radio terminal device comprises an available radio resource determination unit to determine an available radio resource from among up-link radio resources assigned to an up-link communication in a primary network, and an ad hoc communication performing unit to perform an ad hoc communication in a secondary network by using the available radio resource.03-26-2009
20100004017COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system includes a first radio communication apparatus and a second radio communication apparatus that includes multiple antennas. The first radio communication apparatus receives transmission signals transmitted from multiple antennas as reception signals, acquires a predetermined parameter for each antenna based on the reception signals, creates control information for causing the second radio communication apparatus to control transmission signals so that the parameter becomes a predetermined target value for each antenna, compares absolute values of differences between each acquired parameter and the target value, and transmits control information corresponding to the reception signal for which the absolute value is large to the second radio communication apparatus with priority over control information corresponding to the reception signal for which the absolute value is small. The second radio communication apparatus receives control information from the first radio communication apparatus and controls transmission signals for each antenna according to the control information.01-07-2010
20110143804Power Loop Control Method and Apparatus - A method for implementing power loop control at a RBS controlled by an RNC includes receiving an SIR target at the RBS which is determined by the RNC for a mobile station in communication with the RBS. In a first mode, one or more transmit power control commands are generated at the RBS for issuance to the mobile station based on the SIR target received from the RNC. In a second mode, one or more transmit power control commands are generated at the RBS for issuance to the mobile station based on an SIR target determined by the RBS for the mobile station instead of the SIR target received from the RNC. Also in the second mode, artificial mobile station connection quality information is reported from the RBS to the RNC so that the SIR target determined by the RNC is adjusted in accordance with the SIR target determined by the RBS.06-16-2011
20090061920MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station wherein the power consumption can be suppressed. In a frame 03-05-2009
20090088196Communication System, Communication Device, and Transmission Power Control Method - Transmission power control is carried out according to the necessary received power of a receiving communication device.04-02-2009
20110143805METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE THE ROBUSTNESS OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION LINK - A method and apparatus to improve the robustness of a wireless communication link between a base station and a mobile communication device. The method increases power selectively on portions of an uplink communication signal transmitted from the mobile communication device to the base station. The method monitors a quality metric value at the mobile communication device and sets the transmit power level of the first portion of an uplink communication signal to the first power level, if the monitored quality metric value is in a first range of quality values, or sets the transmit power level of the first portion of the uplink communication signal to a second power level, if the monitored quality metric value is in a second range of quality values. The first portion of the uplink communication signal includes control signals used by a base station to maintain connection of the wireless communication link.06-16-2011
20110223964RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a base station device and a transmission power control method that reduce interference with an uplink radio channel from a femto-connected terminal to a macrocell base station while avoiding an increase in signaling. A measurement unit (09-15-2011
20090082052REVERSE LINK TRAFFIC POWER CONTROL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate reverse link power control on a traffic channel. Indications of other sector interference or other such interference levels can be broadcasted in a wireless communication. Further, power control related information can be included in assignments to mobile devices. Mobile device can utilize the information in the assignment to set a range for delta-based power control. Further, devices employ broadcasted interference indications to maintain and adjust delta values that enable power settings to be established on traffic channels. Moreover, mobile devices may provide feedback to facilitate future assignments.03-26-2009
20090082056TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - In a transmission power control method, a receiver receives user data transmitted intermittently from a transmitter to a receiver and control data transmitted continuously from the transmitter to a plurality of receivers including the receiver via a DPDCH and a CPICH, respectively; and generates, when the receiver is receiving the user data from the transmitter via the DPDCH, a command for controlling transmission power of the transmitter of a DPDCH in a manner that an SIR of a received signal of the DPDCH by the receiver becomes equal to a target SIR, and generates, when the receiver is not receiving the user data from the transmitter via the DPDCH, a command for controlling the transmission power of the transmitter of the DPDCH by updating the target SIR by using received quality of the CPICH.03-26-2009
20090082059UPLINK POWER CONTROL USING RECEIVED REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method for determining uplink power level, implemented in a base station, comprises receiving a communication signal over an uplink common control channel. The interference on the uplink common control channel in response to the received communication signal is measured and a channel quality of the uplink common control channel is monitored. A quality margin for the communication signal is provided and transmitted over a downlink control channel.03-26-2009
20110223962WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - In a conventional cellular wireless communication system that included a plurality of base station apparatuses having a plurality of antennas, just two antennas were used for simultaneous transmission by transmission diversity, and the antenna usage efficiency was low. According to the present invention, a free transmission diversity antenna for transmission to the edge of a cell is used to send a signal to a terminal located around the center of the cell without causing interference to a terminal located around the edge of the cell. The two terminals located around the edge of the cell and around the center of the cell are paired for simultaneous signal transmission. A signal directed to the edge of the cell and a signal directed to the center of the cell are sent with greatly different transmission power. This reduces the interference caused by the signal directed to the center of the cell to an insignificant level for the terminal located around the edge of the cell. The terminal located around the edge of the cell does not appear to be affected by interference from signal transmission to the center of the cell and does not have to always use four antennas.09-15-2011
20110223959System and Method for Implementing Power Distribution - A method, in accordance with particular embodiments, includes establishing a plurality of wireless connections with a plurality of endpoints. The connections are established via one or more of a plurality of remote transceivers. The method also includes determining a plurality of candidates for a positive power gain. The plurality of candidates includes a plurality of unique pairings, each pairing comprising a combination of one endpoint and one remote transceiver. The method additional includes identifying a subset of the plurality of candidates. The method further includes determining whether the identified subset results in an optimum power distribution. If the identified subset results in a less than optimum power distribution, the method includes identifying a different subset of candidates. If the identified subset results in an optimum power distribution, the method includes computing a non-uniform power distribution based on the identified subset.09-15-2011
20110230227METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING TRANSMIT DIVERSITY FEEDBACK DURING SOFT HANDOFF - Embodiments of the present invention describe methods for increasing the amount of information available to a mobile transmit diversity transmitter during soft handoff. According to embodiments of the invention, a transmit diversity transmitter may determine substantially when it is within the range of at least two receivers. In such situations, the transmitter may use the power control signals from more than one receiver, for example, from the two most dominant receivers in order to focus the beamforming accordingly.09-22-2011
20110230226APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF INDOOR BASE STATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling a Transmit power (TX power) of an indoor Base Station (BS) in a broadband wireless communication system. An operation of the indoor BS includes receiving received channel quality information on the indoor BS from at least one Mobile Station (MS), increasing in steps the TX power by as much as a basic unit amount and, determining whether an MS located outside a building has accessed the indoor BS using the received channel quality information in every increase and, when the MS located outside the building has accessed the indoor BS, decreasing the TX power of the indoor BS.09-22-2011
20110230225BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system includes a base station device that includes a setting unit where, when the bandwidth of a signal to be transmitted from the base station device to the wireless terminal is set from a first bandwidth to a second bandwidth, which is narrower than the first bandwidth, the transmission power per unit bandwidth of the signal to be transmitted from the base station device to the wireless terminal is set from a first transmission power to a second transmission power, which is larger than the first transmission power, and when the bandwidth is set from the second bandwidth to the first bandwidth, the transmission power is set from the second transmission power to the first transmission power, and the wireless terminal includes a reception unit that receives a notification of the set bandwidth and uses the set bandwidth to receive a signal.09-22-2011
20090197626Method and apparatus to operate a cognitive radio in a crowded collaborative system - In a cognitive radio environment with at least three cognitive radio terminals, terminals 08-06-2009
20090117933UPLINK RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - An uplink radio resource allocation method allocates, at a radio base station, an uplink radio resource used for uplink user data transmission to a mobile station. The method includes: allocating, at the radio base station, the uplink radio resource, so that total received power in an particular cell of the radio base station is equal to a first target value assigned by a radio network controller; and allocating, at the radio station, the uplink radio resource, so that a ratio of first received power from a serving mobile station to second received power from a non-serving mobile station is equal to a second target value assigned by the radio network controller, a serving cell of the serving mobile station being the particular cell, a non-serving cell of the non-serving mobile station being the particular cell.05-07-2009
20090191910POWER HEADROOM MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate power headroom management in a wireless communication system. As described herein, a predefined relationship between locations along a system frequency band and corresponding power backoff parameters is utilized to minimize spurious emissions outside the system frequency band and/or excessive interference by, for example, associating locations near one or more edges of the permitted frequency band with substantially high power backoff parameters. As further described herein, the predefined relationship can be known a priori to the base station and the mobile terminal such that the power backoff07-30-2009
20090098899CONTROL CHANNEL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Assigning power spectrum density to access terminals within a wireless network environment is provided. Assignment information that includes assignment of reverse link transmission resources is determined and a power control instruction is created for the assigned reverse link transmission resource. An assignment message that includes both the assignment information and the power control instruction is formatted and communicated to the access terminals. The assignment message includes a Reverse Link Power Control field that indicates a transmit power spectral density assigned by the access point to the reverse-link transmission by the terminal.04-16-2009
20090209279TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, BASE STATION CONTROL STATION, AND CONTROL PROGRAM THEREOF - In a transmission power control method for a base station in a communication system including at least a mobile station and at least one base station, the ratio of transmission power approaching a predetermined reference power is changed between a communication having a slot not transmitting a signal and a communication having no slot not transmitting a signal. Thus, in the transmission power control, it is possible to prevent the downstream transmission power from being too much alienated from a desired transmission power.08-20-2009
20090005105APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING TRANSMIT POWER OF A COMPACT BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for setting transmit power of a compact Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system are provided. In the apparatus and method a measurer measures a signal strength corresponding to each of one or more neighbor BSs while operating in a Mobile Station (MS) mode, a receiver receives a signal strength corresponding to each of the one or more neighbor BSs measured by one or more MSs from the corresponding one or more MSs, and a self-configuration controller sets a target signal strength based on the signal strength corresponding to each of the one or more neighbor BSs measured in the MS mode and controls a transmit power so that the signal strength corresponding to each of the one or more neighbor BSs measured by the one or more MSs substantially reaches the target signal strength.01-01-2009
20090149211POWER CONTROL - There is provided a femtocell device for use in connecting a mobile terminal to a communication network, the femtocell device comprising means for implementing a power control procedure in which a target value for a first characteristic of transmissions received from the mobile terminal is set and adjusted based on a quality of service criteria for the transmissions; and wherein the means for implementing the power control procedure operates in a physical layer of the femtocell device.06-11-2009
20090203393MOMENTARY BURST PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method for communicating data using a “burst protocol” includes enabling power to transmitters and receivers when needed to balance power consumption with latency and unscheduled communication. A transmitter transmits a plurality of packets indicative of substantially the same payload. Power then may be disabled to the transmitter. A first predetermined time is determined to enable a receiver. A second predetermined time is determined to disable the receiver. Power then may be enabled to the receiver based on the first predetermined time. The payload is output in response to receiving one or more of the plurality of packets. Power to the receiver is disabled based on the second predetermined time.08-13-2009
20090117931POWER CONTROL FOR COMBINED DYNAMICALLY AND PERSISTENTLY SCHEDULED PUSCH IN E-UTRA - A power control scheme for an enhanced Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) is disclosed. In a first embodiment, when an uplink grant is configured for accumulation commands, the wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) combines the accumulation commands received in both the scheduling grant and the transmit power control physical downlink control channel. In a second embodiment, when an uplink grant is configured for absolute commands, the WTRU resets the accumulation control function immediately after receiving each absolute transmit power control command and then combines the absolute power control with the accumulation power control.05-07-2009
20090247211WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A TRANSMISSION POWER - A base station is configured to be able to set appropriate transmission power of an uplink wireless channel used for a plurality of mobile stations to share wireless resources and to transmit data.10-01-2009
20120077539METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK RATE SELECTION IN THE PRESENCE OF MULTIPLE TRANSPORT CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods for selecting data rates at which to transmit data over a primary uplink in the presence of one or more secondary uplink channels. One embodiment comprises a method including determining probabilities associated with numbers of attempted transmissions of data, determining the number of times pending data transmissions have been attempted, determining probabilities associated with the data transmissions, and allocating power for transmission of the data in a succeeding frame based upon the associated probabilities. In one embodiment, a highest supportable data rate for a primary uplink is initially selected. Then, power is allocated for a minimum set of channels on the primary uplink. Then, power is allocated for pending data transmissions on the secondary uplink. A maximum power level for the transceiver is then adjusted to account for the allocated power, and the highest supportable data rate for the primary uplink is recomputed.03-29-2012
20120077538DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN MOBILE TERMINAL - A device and a method for controlling a transmission power in a mobile terminal are provided. The device includes an antenna set in an optimized state, a memory including a power control table that includes transmission power control data for satisfying a Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) standard in a state where efficiency of the antenna is optimized, a sensor for detecting a distance between the mobile terminal and a user, a controller for receiving distance data from the sensor and for outputting transmission power control data corresponding to the distance data by referring to the power control table, and a power amplifier connected between a transmitter and the antenna for controlling transmission power of a signal according to the transmission power control data and for outputting the signal to the antenna.03-29-2012
20120077537SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF WIRELESS POWER TRANSFER WITH INTERFERENCE DETECTION - Performance of wireless charging systems may be significantly degraded when parasitic metal objects come in close proximity to the transmitting coil. Some of the transmitted energy may be coupled by these metal objects and wasted as heat. This may create a danger as the metal objects may get hot enough to create a fire hazard, to cause plastic parts deformation, or operator skin burns when touched.03-29-2012
20120196642APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE VIA INFORMATION EXCHANGE BETWEEN BASE STATIONS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method control interference via inter-base station information exchange in a communication system. In a method for operating a serving base station, for controlling interference in a communication system, sum of yield loss amounts of terminals inside a neighbor base station by a power level rise of the serving base station is determined. Yield gain amounts of serving terminals by the power level rise of the serving base station are determined. The sum of the yield loss amounts of the terminals inside the neighbor base station by the power level rise of the serving base station is compared with the determined yield gain amounts of the serving terminals by the power level rise of the serving base station, so that a power level for each serving terminal is determined.08-02-2012
20090239568SCHEDULING REQUEST USAGE IN DRX MODE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A cell within cellular network includes user equipment (UE) that transmits data to a base station (eNB). When a UE does not have data to transmit, it may enter a low power mode (DRX) having silent intervals during which the eNB does not expect to receive a transmission from the UE and the UE is not required to monitor DL control channels from the eNB. While in DRX mode, the UE may detect an event, such as data ready for transmission or a need to request a timing adjustment (TA) update. The UE transmits a scheduling request indicator (SRI) to the eNB in response to detection of the event, wherein the SRI carries information identifying the triggering event.09-24-2009
20090280854BASE STATION CONTROL - A method of controlling a base station, a network controller, a base station, a telecommunications network and a computer program product are disclosed. A method of controlling a base station (11-12-2009
20090258665Uplink Modulation And Coding Scheme Selection - The subject matter disclosed herein provides methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for selecting a modulation and coding scheme. In one aspect, there is provided a method. The method may receive information representative of a first normalized channel characteristic power associated with a downlink and receiving information representative of a second normalized channel characteristic power associated with an uplink. A predicted normalized channel characteristic power of the uplink may be determined based on the first normalized channel characteristic power and the second normalized channel characteristic power. Related systems, apparatus, methods, and/or articles are also described.10-15-2009
20090275356Method of Controlling Interference - A method of controlling interference between adjacent communication systems (11-05-2009
20090280852Transmission power target value variable control apparatus and method and mobile communication terminal - A T-SIR generation unit (11-12-2009
20120142394THERMAL ENERGY CONTROL IN A MOBILE TRANSCEIVER - A method and apparatus for controlling thermal energy generation in a User Equipment (UE) operating in a radio telecommunication network. The thermal energy generation is directly proportional to a transmit power level in the UE, and a Node B allocates transmit power levels to a plurality of UEs through scheduling grants. Upon request by the UE, the Node B allocates a dedicated scheduling grant to the UE authorizing a higher transmit power. If the UE subsequently overheats, it sends a power reduction request to the Node B. Upon approval, all or part of the dedicated grant is removed, and the UE transmits at a lower power level to reduce thermal generation. The Node B retains control of the grant and may reallocate it to a common scheduling grant or may allocate another dedicated grant to a different UE.06-07-2012
20100151898TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmitter/receiver for a wireless communication system is provided. The transmitter for a wireless communication system includes: an external amplifier connected to a next stage of a power amplifier amplifying a signal to be transmitted to a required power level; a transmission selector configured to directly output the signal amplified by the power amplifier to an antenna or control the external amplifier to amplify the signal, based on a mode control signal; and a mode selector configured to compare a power level of a signal provided from a receiver with a predetermined power level to generate the mode control signal for determining whether or not to operate the external amplifier.06-17-2010
20120196643METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER OF LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for controlling uplink power of an LTE system, a base station, and a mobile terminal are disclosed according to the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes: obtaining uplink transmit power of each carrier; sending first notification signaling to a base station if a difference between the obtained uplink transmit power of each carrier exceeds a specific threshold; and sending second notification signaling to the base station if a sum of the obtained uplink transmit power of each carrier exceeds a preset threshold. Thresholds are determined according to network conditions, and uplink power of a carrier is adjusted in a balanced way, a bit error rate is reduced and a case that a low-performance carrier is forced to be interrupted is prevented.08-02-2012
20100261498Apparatus and method for controlling power in distributed multiple input multiple output wireless communication system - An apparatus is operable to control power of a base station in a distributed Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) wireless communication system. At least one beamforming matrix is used for processing transmission signals to terminals included in a terminal set for a multiple access is determined. Minimum power values required for satisfying a minimum transmission rate of the terminals are determined. Whether optimum power values exist is determined using the minimum power values, the beamforming matrix, and a limit transmission power of the base station. When the optimum power values exist, transmission power values for respective terminals are determined in a range meeting the limit transmission power of the base station.10-14-2010
20090047988COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control technique that makes it possible to avoid interference with another wireless communication system. To realize this technique, a tributary station according to the present invention transmits a beacon in an asynchronous BP after being started up, thereby determining whether or not another wireless communication network has received that beacon, and in the case where it has been determined that the other wireless communication network has received the beacon, the tributary station decreases its transmission power until the beacon is no longer received by the other wireless communication network.02-19-2009
20090047987METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING POWER IN A MU-MIMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Machine-readable media, methods, apparatus and system for allocating power in a MU-MIMO communicating system are described. In some embodiments, an apparatus of a base station in the MU-MIMO communication system may comprise: a power calculating logic to calculate a power for each user of a plurality of users communicating with the base station in the MU-MIMO system, based upon an average power and a power increment. The power calculating logic may further comprise an average power logic to calculate the average power among the plurality of users based upon a total power for the base station to communicate with the plurality of users, and a power increment logic to determine the power increment for the each user based upon at least one of a fairness algorithm and a throughput algorithm, and wherein different users of the plurality of users having different long-term signal to interference plus noise ratios (SINRs) are calculated with different powers. The apparatus may further comprise a power allocating logic to allocate the power to the each user.02-19-2009
20100197339Uplink Power Control For Multiple Component Carriers - A first method includes determining if a sum of the transmit powers of individual component carriers is less than a maximum user equipment transmit power, adjusting the transmit power of one or more of the component carriers if the sum of the transmit powers of the individual component carriers is not less than the maximum user equipment transmit power, and transmitting the component carriers to a network access node. A second method includes identifying a component carrier with minimum transmit power and a component carrier with a maximum transmit power, calculating a power difference, determining if the power difference is greater than a predetermined maximum power difference and, if it is, increasing the transmit power of the component carrier with minimum transmit power by a first amount and decreasing the transmit power of the component carrier with the maximum transmit power by a second amount.08-05-2010
20100190520LINK ADAPTATION BY CHANNEL BUNDLING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of reducing interference in a communication system supporting multiple radio channel communication scheme and wherein a communication link can be established between a transmitter and a receiver. In the method the transmitter first determines (07-29-2010
20100184458Method and Arrangement for Reducing Battery Power Consumption of a User Equipment - The present invention relates to a method and arrangements for saving battery power consumption of a UE in mobile telecommunication system. The method comprises the step of checking whether the UE fulfills at least one of the pre-determined criteria that a subscriber explicitly requests to receive paging at extended DRX cycle and that a new cell is not reselected during a pre-determined time. If the at least one of the pre-determined criteria is fulfilled the step of applying an extended DRX cycle is performed.07-22-2010
20130122956TRANSMIT POWER CALIBRATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Functionality can be implemented to calibrate the output transmit power of a power amplifier of a network device without the use of test equipment. An RF signal can be transmitted at the saturated output power (of a power amplifier) from a transmitter unit to a receiver unit of the network device via a loopback path. A received power of the RF signal received via the loopback path can be measured. The loopback gain associated with the network device is determined based on the saturated output power and the measured received power. The output transmit power can be calibrated by iteratively decreasing the output transmit power by an unknown value, transmitting a new RF signal via the loopback path at the decreased output transmit power, measuring the new received power, and calculating the decreased output transmit power using the loopback gain and the measured new received power.05-16-2013
20110059764Transmission power control method and system for a physical uplink shared channel - The present disclosure provides a transmission power control method for a physical uplink shared channel, including: when there is only uplink control information but no uplink shared channel data sent over the physical uplink shared channel, the transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel is set according to the total number of bits contained in a channel quality indication signaling and its corresponding cyclic redundancy check as well as an amplitude offset. The present disclosure also provides a transmission power control system for a physical uplink shared channel. The method and system described in the present disclosure can ensure the overall performance of a system.03-10-2011
20110059762OUTPUT POWER CONTROL FOR ADVANCED WLAN AND BLUETOOTH-AMP SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide techniques for reducing power consumption by wireless devices through transmission output power control.03-10-2011
20100227637SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL BY USING INTERFERENCE CONTROL METHOD AND/OR TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a signal transmission method and a network apparatus to control interference in a radio communication network. A terminal may transmit to the network apparatus, signal quality information associated with a radio channel formed between the terminal and a corresponding base station. The corresponding base station may output a signal received by the plurality of terminals, based on the signal quality information.09-09-2010
20100151897METHODS AND APPARATUS FACILITATING AND/OR MAKING WIRELESS RESOURCE REUSE DECISIONS - Methods and apparatus related to reuse of a wireless resource are described. Various methods and apparatus are well suited to wireless communications systems lacking centralized control, e.g., an ad hoc peer to peer wireless communications system. A first wireless device of a first connection generates and transmits one or more control signals to be used by a wireless device of a second connection to make a resource reuse decision. The first connection is, e.g., an existing active connection and the second connection is, e.g., a potential connection. A transmission power level of a control signal is set based upon a predetermined relationship to at least one other signal previously communicated on the first connection, e.g., a peer discovery or paging signal. In some embodiments, the control signal is a single tone signal. The transmitted control signal facilitates the estimation of an expected SINR by a device of the second connection.06-17-2010
20100234060PROLONGING INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY LIFE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of communicating between a mobile communication device including a power supply, and a base station. The mobile device has first and second alternative communication modes, the first communication mode having higher quality of service and higher power consumption than the second communication mode. The second communication mode is adopted in response to a characteristic of the mobile device power supply indicative of a reduced reserve of power in the power supply, and a state indication is transmitted from the mobile device to the base station. The base station can respond to the state indication from the mobile device by modifying a communication characteristic of the base station with the mobile device, whereby to tend to compensate for the mobile device switching between the first and second communication modes.09-16-2010
20100240409WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL STATION, AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD USING THE SAME - Transmission rate detector (09-23-2010
20100216504WIRELESS DEVICE AUTHENTICATION AT MUTUAL REDUCED TRANSMIT POWER - A system and method for facilitating the authentication of wireless devices in an environment with multiple wireless networks. A user wishing to join an operating wireless network can bring his wireless device within close physical proximity, for example, less than one meter, of a device in the network that he wishes to join. The user then presses an authenticate button, which causes both devices to enter a low transmission power mode. In such case, the devices are only capable of operation within the close proximity. Being in low power mode will diminish the possibility of eavesdropping on the authentication process. Power down mode also reduces the amount of message traffic in the area and saves scarce power and processing resources at the nodes, which are now out of range. Authentication then takes place in low power mode and once completed, both devices resume normal power levels and continue communicating normally.08-26-2010
20100227638METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for power control in a wireless communication system are provided. A Mobile Station (MS) operation method for power control in a wireless communication system includes assigning an UpLink (UL) control channel to the MS from a Base Station (BS), determining a location to receive a Transmit Power Control (TPC) command based on the UL control channel, and receiving a TPC command in the determined location and increasing or decreasing transmit power, thus advantageously being capable of reducing an overhead for power control command assignment information.09-09-2010
20100222094RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - The radio network controller 09-02-2010
20100240410Reducing State Transition Time From Power Saving State - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for reducing a state transition time from a power saving state for a user equipment (09-23-2010
20100144384BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An exemplary method for a communication network according to the present invention includes detecting movement of a mobile station, and modifying a control for the communication network based on the detection of the movement. In an exemplary embodiment, a transmit power control may be increased or decreased based the movement of the mobile station which is detected. Further, the network may determine a base station among plurality of base stations which provides the best communication path, taking into account a movement state of the mobile station. Accordingly, a stable hand over process may be realized, providing favorable communication quality and minimizing the occurrence of disconnection of the mobile terminal from a base station.06-10-2010
20110111789APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE - A method for acquiring FFR power pattern of Frequency Partitions (FPs) at a mobile station (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) is disclosed. The method includes receiving a preamble from a base station (BS); and acquiring a FFR power pattern for a reuse-1 partition and reuse-N partitions using the received preamble, wherein the FFR power pattern is determined based on a segment identifier (ID), the reuse-N partitions include N frequency partitions, each frequency partition has a power level with a range of FP1_power level to FPN_power level, a power-boosted FP in the reuse-N partitions is a partition whose power level is the FP1_power level.05-12-2011
20090042592BROADCAST RECEIVER AND METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA - A broadcast receiver and a method of processing data are disclosed. The broadcast receiver includes a signal receiving unit, a transmission parameter detector, a block decoder, a storage unit, and a data manager. The signal receiving unit receives a broadcast signal multiplexed mobile broadcast service data including two-way contents and main broadcast service data. The transmission parameter detector detects the transmission parameter. The block decoder symbol-decodes the received broadcast signal included in the mobile broadcast service data in block units, based upon the detected transmission parameter. The storage unit stores the decoded two-way contents. The data manager reads a requested two-way contents from the stored two-way contents with respect to a user's select signal, and provides the requested two-way contents service.02-12-2009
20100210296Radio Base Station and Transmission Control Method - A transmission control method according to the present invention includes: step S08-19-2010
20100210295Uplink power control for wireless systems - Techniques are described that can be used to determine a transmitter power level of a mobile station at cell edge. To determine transmitter power level, the technique considers at least a balance of power transmitted by mobile stations near cell edge and power transmitted by mobile stations closer to cell center, target mean received power by the base station from mobile stations near center cell, target mean power transmitted from cell edge mobile stations, signal-to-interference-power ratio between signals transmitted from base stations of different cells to the mobile station at cell edge, and channel gain.08-19-2010
20090075688METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CALIBRATING A POWER AMPLIFIER - Aspects of a method and system for calibrating a power amplifier are provided. In this regard, one or more reference signals may be generated and may be utilized to characterize a signal strength indicator (SSI). Additionally, measurements of power output by a power amplifier by the SSI may be corrected based on the characterization of the SSI. Accordingly, the power amplifier may be adjusted based on the corrected measurements. The reference signals utilized to characterize the SSI may be limited to a determined range. In this regard, signal strength of the reference signals, as measured by the SSI, may be compared to the expected signal strength in order to characterize the SSI. The SSI may be characterized over a range of frequencies and/or signal strengths. Similarly the power amplifier may be adjusted over a range of frequencies and/or signal strengths.03-19-2009
20090264145DYNAMIC BIAS FOR RF POWER AMPLIFIERS - A radio frequency power amplifier control circuit amplifies a radio frequency input signal to produce an output signal and a current mirror performs a dynamic bias control by maintaining the radio frequency amplifier operating with a linear amplifier gain.10-22-2009
20120142393METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for controlling transmission power in a mobile terminal are provided. The method includes determining whether a human body touches the mobile terminal, comparing a current transmission power with a preset threshold power, when it is determined that the human body touches the mobile terminal, setting the transmission power to a value lower than the preset threshold power, when the current transmission power is equal to or higher than the preset threshold power, and outputting a signal with the set transmission power.06-07-2012
20100041428METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL OF FIRST DATA TRANSMISSION IN RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE OF FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Transmit power is controlled for a first uplink data transmission on Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) during random access channel (RACH) procedure. Power control adjustment for the first PUSCH transmission is performed relative to the power spectral density used for successful PRACH transmission as adjusted for bandwidth difference, etc. The uplink Physical random access channel carries the RACH information that is transmitted by the user equipment (UE) during registrations or base station originated calls. A PRACH is composed of a number of preambles and a message portion. The preambles are a series of radio frequency power “steps” that increase in power according to the power step setting until the maximum number of preambles is reached or the base station acknowledges. Once the UE receives a positive indication, it transmits the message portion of the PRACH which consists of message data and control data with independent power gain control.02-18-2010
20100197340MONITORING AND ADJUSTING TRANSMIT POWER LEVEL(S) IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus is provided for monitoring and adjusting a power level of a transmitting component. The method comprises receiving a request from a remote unit to provide a power level associated with a transmitting component, wherein the request is transmitted over a communications protocol. The method includes measuring a power level of a signal provided by the transmitting component in response to receiving the request from the remote unit, and providing the measured power level to the remote unit over the communications protocol.08-05-2010
20100197337TARGET UPDATE POWER CONTROL METHOD IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method, an apparatus and a computer program for updating a signal quality target for power control of an ongoing radio transmission in a radio communication system. A change in transmission format from a first transmission format to a second transmission format is detected (08-05-2010
20100197336TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER APPARATUS - Even if no uplink transmission grant is assigned from a base station, transmit power can be controlled in uplinks with accuracy to some extent. An aspect of the present invention relates to a base station apparatus for use in a radio communication system using a shared channel, comprising: a transmit power control information generation unit configured to generate transmit power control information for a user apparatus based on an uplink signal transmitted from the user apparatus; a radio resource control unit configured to transmit the generated transmit power control information together with an uplink assignment message if an uplink radio resource is assigned to the user apparatus and to supply radio resource assignment information to transmit the generated transmit power control information as independent transmit power control information if no uplink radio resource is assigned to the user apparatus.08-05-2010
20100197341POWER CONTROL OF POINT TO MULTIPOINT PHYSICAL CHANNELS - A method and apparatus are used to determine an efficient transmit power for point to multipoint (PtM) transmissions by maintaining a database at a base station which specifies which of a plurality of wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) are members of each PtM group. The transmit power of each WTRU's downlink dedicated channel is adjusted to the minimum required power necessary and the PtM transmit power for each PtM group is set such that the PtM transmit power of a PtM group is equal to the greatest of a WTRU in the PtM group plus a PtM power offset.08-05-2010
20100197338METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING THE TRANSMISSION POWER OF SIGNALS - The present invention concerns a method for adjusting the transmission power of signals transferred by or to a first base station, the first base station being located in the cell of a second base station, the first base station: 08-05-2010
20090253453METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER OF A DOWNLINK SIGNALING CHANNEL BASED ON ENHANCED UPLINK TRANSMISSION FAILURE STATISTICS - A method and system for controlling the transmission power of at least one downlink (DL) enhanced uplink (EU) signaling channel such that enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) DL signaling is delivered efficiently and reliably. The system includes at least one wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), at least one Node-B and a radio network controller (RNC). At least one of the WTRU and the Node-B compute EU transmission failure statistics on the DL EU signaling channel and report the EU transmission failure statistics to the RNC. The RNC then adjusts a transmission power offset of the DL EU signaling channel to be used in determining transmission power level of the DL EU signaling channel at the Node-B based on the EU transmission failure statistics.10-08-2009
20090247209ENHANCING UPLINK LINK BUDGET IN OFDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus to enhance uplink link budget in Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) communication systems are described. In one embodiment, a wireless device may increase its transmit power and/or perform subchannel repetition (e.g., in a WiMAX environment) based on at least one indication by an access point. Other embodiments are also described.10-01-2009
20090318183METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR DOWNLINK MU-MIMO POWER SETTINGS AND CONTROL - A set of J predetermined power level offsets that scale transmission power per user are stored in a local computer-readable memory. A set of N users to which are allocated overlapping downlink frequency resources are selected. From the stored set is then selected a power level offset. An indication of the selected power level offset is signaled to at least one of the N users; and the at least one of the N users are also sent a multiplexed transmission using the selected power level offset. N is an integer at least equal to two, J is an integer at least equal to two, and at least one member of the set is other than 1/n in which n is any positive integer less than N12-24-2009
20090156247PICOCELL BASE STATION AND METHOD OF ADJUSTING TRANSMISSION POWER OF PILOT SIGNALS THEREFROM - A method is provided of adjusting transmission power of pilot signals from a picocell base station for radio communications to a user terminal in radio connection with the picocell base station. The method comprises: the base station sending a signal at a first signal power; the user terminal measuring received signal level and sending an information signal indicating received signal level; and the base station adjusting its pilot signal power dependent upon said received signal level indicated in the information signal.06-18-2009
20090170548SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GLOBAL POWER CONTROL - A system and method are provided for global transmission power control in a wireless communication device. The method comprises: measuring the received power of a receiving device; collecting the received power measurements, and accepting a received power threshold; and, generating the optimal transmit power level for a transmitting device, in response to the collected received power measurements and received power threshold. The received power measurements of base station can be collected and the method generates the optimal transmit power level for a mobile station in response to the collected base station received power measurements. Alternately, the received power for mobile stations in a network downlink can be measured and collected, and the optimal transmit power level for a base station can be calculated in response to the collected mobile station received power measurements.07-02-2009
20090111499METHOD OF MODIFYING PILOT POWER FOR A HOME BASE STATION ROUTER BASED ON USER DEMAND - The present invention provides a method implemented in a base station router. One embodiment of the method includes determining a transmission power for a pilot signal transmitted by the base station router. The transmission power being determined based upon a number of mobile units that are camped on the base station router. Another embodiment of the method includes deploying the first base station router in a physical structure and estimating the dimensions of the physical structure based on a statistical representation of at least one handover attempt associated with the first base station router. Estimation of the dimensions of the physical structure occurs in response to deployment of the first base station router in the physical structure.04-30-2009
20110130165METHODS OF POWER SHARING FOR DL CONTROL TRANSMISSION - A method of optimizing downlink communications between a base station and mobile stations in a wireless communication system involves: identifying users that have a modulation control scheme (MCS) power value greater than a reference power value as high power users; for each of the high power users, calculating a power difference being a difference between a geometry value associated with each of the high power users and a reference geometry value associated with the reference power value respectively; summing the power differences in a power pool; identifying users that have an MCS power value below the reference power value as low power users; associating increased geometry values with at least some of the low power users while depleting the power pool by corresponding amounts until the power pool is depleted; and determining new MCSs for at least some of the low power users based on the increased geometry values.06-02-2011
20090111500MULTI-RADIO PLATFORM WITH WIMAX AND BLUETOOTH RADIO MODULES AND METHOD - Embodiments of a multi-radio platform with longer-range and shorter-range radio modules and method are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. In some embodiments, a transmit power level is set for transmissions by a shorter-range radio module during a reception by a longer-range radio module to a lesser of a maximum allowed power level or a next requested power level when transmit step-down mode is enabled. The transmit power level is set to the next requested power level when the longer-range radio module is not transmitting. The shorter-range radio module refrains from transmitting when a transmit-kill mode is enabled during the reception by the longer-range radio module.04-30-2009
20090111504DETERMINING A TARGET TRANSMIT POWER OF A WIRELESS TRANSMISSION - Different target transmit powers are determined for different wireless transmissions from a wireless device. The target transmit power of a wireless transmission may depend upon whether any transmitters other than the device to which the wireless transmission is to be sent are within range of the sending wireless device. The target transmit power of a wireless transmission may be based, at least in part, on a current location of a device to which one or more frames carried by the wireless transmission are addressed. The target transmit power of a wireless transmission may be based, at least in part, on confidentiality of data carried by the wireless transmission.04-30-2009
20090111501WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND ITS DEVICE - A wireless communication device includes a wireless communication module and a solar power module electrically connected with the wireless communication module. The wireless communication module transmits or receives a first wireless communication signal. The solar power module receives a light and outputs a power to the wireless communication module according to the light. A wireless communication system is also disclosed.04-30-2009
20100279729Zero-Forcing Linear Beamforming for Coordinated Cellular Networks with Distributed Antennas - In a distributed antenna system that includes a plurality of transmitters and a controller, a method, performed by the controller, may be characterized by performing dirty-paper coding on downlink transmissions to users based on an order of the users, calculating beamforming vectors to provide that each of the downlink transmissions associated with each of the users does not interfere with other users, and maximizing, based on the calculated beamforming vectors, a data rate subject to a power constraint of the distributed antenna system.11-04-2010
20130130738DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING ACCESS PROBE SEQUENCES - Access terminals are adapted to transmit a plurality of previously successful access probes to a network node, and determine an initial transmission power level for subsequent access attempts. The initial transmission power level can be determined based at least in part on one or more parameters associated with the plurality of previously successful access probes. An initial access probe of a subsequent access attempt can then be transmitted at the determined initial transmission power level. Network nodes that receive the one or more access probes from access terminals can send a message instructing the access terminals to employ a particular initial transmission power level for a subsequent access attempt. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included.05-23-2013
20100304780Low Power Module for a Station of a Wireless Communication System and Related Method - The invention relates to a low power module, and in particular, to a low power module applied in a station of a wireless communication system. A low power module includes a first MAC module, a second MAC module, a low power switch register, a control register unit, a slow clock generator, and a multiplexer (MUX). The first and second MAC module transmits and receives packets in a normal operational mode and a power save mode, respectively. The low power switch register switches a current mode to another mode. The control register unit controls the RF/BB module and the clock generator under the control of the low power switch register. The slow clock generator generates a slow operational clock for the second MAC module in the power save mode. The MUX chooses the normal operational or the slow operational clock periodically as a clock of the second MAC module according to the control register unit.12-02-2010
20100304778METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR CALCULATING A RISE-OVER-THERMAL (ROT) THRESHOLD VALUE - A method for calculating a RoT threshold value in a communication system in which user terminals communicate with a base transceiver station, comprising the steps of providing a RoT minimum, maximum and margin, acquiring the maximum nominal transmit power of each user terminal, detecting the transmitted power of each user terminal, calculating the power difference between the maximum nominal transmit power and the transmitted power for each user terminal, and processing this power difference calculated for each user terminal, the RoT margin and the minimum and maximum RoT threshold to calculate the RoT threshold value.12-02-2010
20100304779POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of power control in a wireless communication system, wherein blocks are transmitted from a transmitter to a receiver via a wireless transport channel. The method comprises comparing a target signal quality value with a received signal quality value and providing the results of the comparing step to the transmitter to adjust transmit power based on the comparing step. The target signal quality value is set by the following steps: determining an initial target value; detecting if a data block has been received; detecting if received blocks have been successfully decoded; and decreasing the target value when pass blocks are received and increasing the target value when failed blocks are received subject to monitoring a period of inactivity on the transport channel in which no blocks are received.12-02-2010
20130137477WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication apparatus includes: an estimating section to estimate a positional relationship between a destination node and a node; a first determination section to set an electric power larger than or equal to minimum power as a first transmission power if the node is estimated to be located in a first area, the minimum power being detected by a node at the largest distance from the node in the first area; a second determination section that set an electric power smaller than a minimum power as a second transmission power if the node is estimated to be located in an area other than the first area, the minimum power being detected by the destination; and a transmitting section to transmit data to the destination node with the first transmission power or the second transmission power.05-30-2013
20130137478Power Control - The invention relates to apparatuses, a method, system, computer program, computer program product and computer-readable medium.05-30-2013
20100317394FEMTO-CELL POWER CONTROL USING IDLE-MODE USER EQUIPMENT IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for providing power control using idle-mode user equipment attached to a cell in a wireless communication system. First and second higher power level thresholds for signal transmissions of a cell are defined, wherein the first power level has a defined offset higher than a minimum required power level, and wherein the first and second power level thresholds define an operating power band therebetween. The user equipment measures a signal transmission power level. If the idle-mode user equipment determines that the signal transmission power level falls outside of the operating power band, then a message is sent to affect a change in signal transmission power level.12-16-2010
20110111788METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN A MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The described apparatus and methods may include a controller configured to determine power required for at least one of a plurality of carriers, and generate at least one of a plurality of power control commands for at least one of the plurality of carriers based on the determination.05-12-2011
20130143616RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND BASE STATION - When a mobile station registered at a closed-type femtocell base station is in a connection state in a cell area covered by the femtocell base station, the transfer power of the femtocell base station for a cell identification signal is adjusted according to one scale estimating the receiving quality of the cell identification signal at the mobile station. When no mobile station is located in the cell area covered by the femtocell base station, the cell identification signal is sent with the minimum transmission power necessary for a mobile station to make a call in the cell area to reduce the power consumption of the femtocell base station and also to reduce interference with other macrocell base stations and other femtocell base stations.06-06-2013
20130143617Method and Apparatuses for Power Control Using Variable Step Size - The invention relates to a method in a radio communications network for controlling a transmission power of a user equipment (06-06-2013
20100323744METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system are provided for controlling uplink transmission power in a wireless communication system. At least one of a plurality of downlink carriers and a plurality of uplink carriers are aggregated, and the plurality of downlink carriers and the plurality of uplink carriers are mapped between a User Equipment (UE) and a network in the wireless communication system. A message relating to uplink carrier transmission power is received at the UE from the network via a downlink carrier. Uplink transmission power of one or more uplink carriers is controlled in accordance with the message and aggregation and mapping of at least one of the downlink carrier and the one or more uplink carriers.12-23-2010
20100323745METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION POWER IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which it is determined that a transmission of a first instance of control information in a first control region in a subframe of a first power class eNodeB a non-modified power spectral density (PSD) will result in interference above a threshold with a transmission of a second instance of control information in a second control region in a subframe of a second power class eNodeB, PSD is modified for a portion of at least one of the first or second control regions of at least one of the subframes for at least one of the first power class or second power class eNodeB, and the first instance of control information is transmitted during the control region using the modified PSD for the portion of the first instance of control information.12-23-2010
20110111790Method and Apparatus for Communication Channel Error Rate Estimation - A wireless communication device or system generates transmit power control feedback for a received power control channel by determining a command error rate (CER), or by identifying a target signal quality for the power control channel according to a defined signal-quality-to-CER mapping function. Generally, the power control channel does not include error-coded data to use for CER estimation. However, in one embodiment, the channel does include known reference bits that are evaluated for CER estimation, with the estimated CER used to set the signal quality target for inner loop power control. In other embodiments, a computed reception error probability is used to identify a CER estimate according to a defined probability-to-CER mapping function. By way of non-limiting example, these embodiments may be used to provide power control feedback for power control commands transmitted on a Fractional Dedicated Physical Channel in WCDMA systems.05-12-2011
20090036155E-HICH/E-RGCH adaptive threshold setting - Performing adaptive threshold setting by placing a receiver in a mode where a first signal indication and a second signal indication are certain not to occur from a transmitter. Once in that mode, the receiver adjusts a first threshold level for receiving the first signal by noting a false indication of receiving the first signal and adjusts a second threshold level for receiving the second signal by noting a false indication of receiving the second signal.02-05-2009
20100173663Radio Communication Apparatus And Method, Controlling Apparatus, Mobile Communication System - A radio communication apparatus, for use as a base station, includes a receiver configured to receive a signal in a predetermined radio frequency band transmitted from a terminal under control of another radio communication apparatus adjacent to the radio communication apparatus and detecting a receiving condition of the signal and a notifying unit configured to notify the receiving condition to an apparatus performing transmission power control of the signal in the predetermined radio frequency band transmitted from the terminal.07-08-2010
20090239569Transmission power reduction in interference limited nodes - A method for changing a downlink transmission power level can include receiving information about interference noise. When the interference noise satisfied a predefined level, the downlink transmission power level can be changed. Typically, the transmission power level can be decreased when the interference noise is above a predefined value. The transmission power level change can be coordinated (e.g. coordination in terms of power step size, in terms of frequency portion to which the power change is applied and in terms of time when to apply the transmission power change) with transmission power level changes in other cells. Also, interferences levels may be reassessed following the first transmission power change and the power levels are changes a second time. Optionally, only a portion of the transmission bandwidth is changed or only specific DL physical channels are considered.09-24-2009
20100331036UPLINK (UL) POWER CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An uplink (UL) power control apparatus and method in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The Mobile Station (MS) includes a power controller for calculating a power compensation value using a last transmit power in a previous closed loop power control when a power control mode is changed to an open loop power control, and determining a transmit power according to the open loop power control using the power compensation value; and a transmitter for adjusting and transmitting the transmit power of a UL signal under control of the power controller.12-30-2010
20110039597METHOD TO GENERATE POWER CONTROL INFORMATION AND METHOD OF POWER CONTROL FOR UPLINK - In a communication system including a plurality of base stations and a plurality of terminals belonging to each of the base stations, the base station receives information on subcarriers allocated to a terminal that belongs to an adjacent base station from the adjacent base station. Thereafter, the base station generates power control information on the basis of the subcarrier information and transmits the power control information to the terminal, and the terminal controls uplink power on the basis of the received power control information. At this time, the power control information, as information based on estimating hitting between subcarriers used by the terminal that belongs to the base station and subcarriers used by the adjacent base station, may be a ratio found by dividing the total number of subcarriers used by each terminal that belongs to the adjacent base station by the entire number of subcarriers that can be used by the base station.02-17-2011
20110039595SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OVERLOAD INDICATION - Devices and methods are provided for transmit power control in a wireless communication environment. In one embodiment, the method may involve measuring an interference amount over at least one of a sub-band and a full bandwidth. The method may involve assigning a level to the measured interference amount, the level comprising one of an overloaded level and an underloaded level. The method may involve encoding the level as an overload indicator, the overload indicator being conditioned on the sub-band such that the overload indicator includes enhanced layer symbols regarding the level of the measured interference amount. The method may involve conveying the overload indicator to at least one mobile device.02-17-2011
20100331035METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR POWER CONTROL DURING SOFT HANDOVER - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement of obtaining efficient power control during soft handover in a communication network system when a user equipment (12-30-2010
20110009155Mobile Terminal Device And Control Method For Saving Electric Power Of Mobile Terminal Device - A mobile terminal device communicates with a base station in one of a power-saving state in which consumption of power supplied from a built-in power supply is suppressed and a normal state in which the consumption of power supplied from the built-in power supply is not suppressed. The mobile terminal device includes a base station detecting unit that detects a maximum-power received-wave base station of which a received-wave power is maximum, a base-station-change detecting unit that detects whether the maximum-power received-wave base station detected by the base station detecting unit is changed, and a power-saving-state transition control unit that controls transition to the power-saving state when the change of the maximum-power received-wave base station is not detected by the base-station-change detecting unit in a predetermined time in the normal state.01-13-2011
20110009152REDUCING INTERFERENCE WITH A MULTIPLE FORMAT CHANNEL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for reducing interference with a multiple format channel in a communication system are disclosed. In one aspect, a minimum power level is determined for each format transmitted during a transmission interval. The minimum power level for formats that will experience the interference are increased to compensate. The power level selected for transmission during the transmission interval is the most stringent of the minimum power levels. Various other aspects are also presented. These aspects have the benefit of mitigating the effects of a known interfering signal, while avoiding unnecessarily increasing transmit power, thus reducing the interference to other users and increasing system capacity.01-13-2011
20110009154WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication system according to the present invention includes a first base station forming a unicast area and a second base station forming a multicast area. The first base station is provided with a load status reporting unit for reporting the load status of the unicast area of the first base station to the second base station forming the multicast area within a certain distance from the unicast area of the first base station. The second base station is provided with a transmission power controlling unit for controlling, based on the reported load status of the unicast area, the transmission power of a signal transmitted in the multicast area of the second base station.01-13-2011
20110009150METHOD OF CLOSED LOOP POWER CONTROL ADJUSTED BY SELF-INTERFERENCE - A method and apparatus for controlling the transmit power of a mobile device in a mobile communication network takes the level of self-interference into account to perform inner-loop power control. For normal inner-loop power control, a signal quality estimate is compared to a signal quality target and power control commands are generated based on the comparison. When self-interference is the dominant impairment in the received signal, a “fast break” is introduced to change inner-loop power control command generation. The amount of self-interference is determined based on the delay spread of the channel.01-13-2011
20110009156WIRELESS COMMUNICATION POWER CONTROL - For power control in a wireless communication system, a node comprises means for obtaining power of signals received over a wireless signal channel and a power control signal unit. The power control signal unit provides power control signals intended for the power control over the channel. A warper unit warps the power control signals by a first filter. A quantizer quantizes the warped power control signals, which are transferred to another node in the wireless communication system. The receiving node comprises a dewarper, dewarping the received signals by a second filter. The power control of the wireless signal channel is performed based on the dewarped power control signal. The filters are linear filters arranged for reducing an influence of quantization. The second filter is an inverse filter with respect to the first filter. The filters are preferably adapted by adaptors.01-13-2011
20110009153PEAK FACTOR REDUCTION DEVICE AND BASE STATION - The function of comparing power of a signal obtained by multiplying an input signal by an EVM target value and power of a peak suppression signal, and automatically adjusting a peak factor threshold value Vt in such a manner that the values of both power become equal to each other, is added to the peak factor reduction device. The peak factor reduction device is also added with the function of comparing instantaneous amplitude values of a signal Sout after a peak factor reduction and the peak factor threshold value Vt, and automatically calculating a peak detection width N so as to suppress the residual of each peak.01-13-2011
20110009157METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method and arrangement for reducing interference in a cellular communication network. A radio base station of the network is configured to serve at least a first cell, where interference is reduced by selecting a link adaptation scheme for a UE in the first cell, The arrangement comprises means for receiving measurements on estimated channel quality, means for estimating channel quality for a future transmission by adjusting the received measurements on estimated channel quality based on knowledge of future UE scheduling in at least the first cell, and means for selecting the link adaptation scheme comprising a transmit power level based on the estimated channel quality for the future transmission.01-13-2011
20090069043Method and apparatus for controlling transmission power in mobile communication system based on fractional frequency reuse - A method and apparatus for controlling a transmission (Tx) power in a mobile communication system based on fractional frequency reuse are provided. In a method of operating a base station (BS) for controlling the Tx power in the mobile communication system, the method includes receiving from neighboring BSs received signal strength indication (RSSI) information for one or more restricted band allocated, calculating backoff values of the Tx power for the restricted bands by using the RSSI information, and determining the Tx power for each restricted band by using a difference between the backoff value of the Tx power for the restricted band and a maximum Tx power. Accordingly, resources can be further effectively used.03-12-2009
20110039596BASESTATION POWER CONTROL - A basestation, for use in a cellular communications network, has a mechanism for reporting its transmit power. When the transmit power of the basestation is outside a reportable range, it reports an adjusted transmit power within the reportable range, and also transmits an adjustment factor, by which the adjusted transmit power differs from the transmit power. The basestation is also configured to adapt its power settings based on a reported transmit power of at least one other basestation, and is further configured to detect the reported transmit power of the at least one other basestation and to detect an adjustment factor transmitted separately by the at least one other basestation, and to adapt its power settings based on a sum of the reported transmit power and the adjustment factor.02-17-2011
20100178952METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK RATE SELECTION IN THE PRESENCE OF MULTIPLE TRANSPORT CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods for selecting data rates at which to transmit data over a primary uplink in the presence of one or more secondary uplink channels. One embodiment comprises a method including determining probabilities associated with numbers of attempted transmissions of data, determining the number of times pending data transmissions have been attempted, determining probabilities associated with the data transmissions, and allocating power for transmission of the data in a succeeding frame based upon the associated probabilities. In one embodiment, a highest supportable data rate for a primary uplink is initially selected. Then, power is allocated for a minimum set of channels on the primary uplink. Then, power is allocated for pending data transmissions on the secondary uplink. A maximum power level for the transceiver is then adjusted to account for the allocated power, and the highest supportable data rate for the primary uplink is recomputed.07-15-2010
20110034207Mobile Station Device and Transmission Power Control Method - A mobile station (02-10-2011
20110034205Power Saving in a Device Compatible with Cellular and WLAN Networks - A mobile communication device is able to communicate with wireless local area network and with a cellular network. A communication system is able to route a communication session between the mobile communication device and another communication device either by way of the wireless local area network or the cellular network. The communication system is able to trigger the mobile communication device via the cellular network to search for and attempt to connect to the wireless local area network. The mobile communication device, in response to reception of signaling via the cellular network, is able to activate a wireless local area network interface of the mobile communication device and to establish a connection to the wireless local area network.02-10-2011
20110034206METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CANDIDATE LIST GENERATION FOR UPLINK V-MIMO - A method selects mobile station candidates for use with virtual multiple-input multiple-output (“V-MIMO”) in a communication system. The communication system includes at least one base station and a plurality of mobile stations. At least one downlink metric is determined for a first mobile station. The at least one downlink metric is used to determine eligibility for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection. Responsive to determining that the first mobile station is eligible for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection, the first mobile station is paired with a second mobile station eligible for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection.02-10-2011
20110117952System and Method for Resuming Power Control after Interruption - System and method for controlling the transmit power of a mobile terminal. In some embodiments, a transmit power correction factor for a mobile terminal is set to the average transmit power correction factor for all active mobile terminals in the same cell as the mobile terminal.05-19-2011
20110244913METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS POWER TRANSMISSION - Provided are a wireless power transmission control method and wireless power transmission control apparatuses. The wireless power transmission control method may include transmitting a wake-up request signal used to wake up a target device, and receiving a response message from the target device activated by the wake-up request signal. A source device may set a demand power based on the response message, and may transmit a resonance power to the target device based on the demand power.10-06-2011
20110244914SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK EMPLOYING DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A system and method for dynamically optimizing the performance of indoor distributed antenna systems communicate to user equipment is disclosed. The user equipment measures information describing the downlink signals such as the downlink data rates, the quality of the received signal, and the location of the user equipment. A service module collects this information and determines an optimized power level for each of the antenna units. The service module may optimize only one antenna unit power level or a subset of the antenna units within the distributed antenna system in a preferred embodiment. One or more of the antenna units then transmits downlink signals with the optimized power levels. The optimized power level may be less than the initial power level in a preferred embodiment. As a result, the performance of the indoor distributed antenna systems is enhanced.10-06-2011
20110244912METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAXIMUM RATIO TRANSMISSION MOBILE TRANSMIT DIVERSITY SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing maximum ratio transmission mobile transmit diversity is provided. The method may include selecting a first transmit power for a first antenna and a second transmit power for a second antenna, wherein the first and second transmit powers are selected to generate a target power output, and using a first average power tracking unit to generate the first selected transmit power and a second average power tracking unit to generate the second selected transmit power.10-06-2011
20100167780LOAD-ADAPTIVE UPLINK TRANSMIT POWER - An access terminal of a wireless communication system includes: an antenna; a transceiver; a load level monitor communicatively coupled to the transceiver and configured to receive, from the transceiver via the antenna, and analyze indications of reverse link wireless network traffic load over a period of time in a region of the wireless network containing the access terminal; a load level module configured to combine the indications over the period of time to determine a load level associated with the access terminal; and a transmission module configured to cause the transceiver to change from transmitting data packets in accordance with a first value of a transmission characteristic to transmitting data packets in accordance with a second value of the transmission characteristic in response to the load level being below a first load threshold value.07-01-2010
20110086665RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK SIDE DEVICE, SMALL CELL BASE STATION, AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A large cell base station 04-14-2011
20110244915SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION USING MACRODIVERSITY IN MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS - In a wireless network, plural downlink signals from plural base stations are transmitted to a terminal. The plural downlink signals all carry the same information to the terminal. The terminal provides feedback on the downlink channels. The feedback provides information on the taps of the channels. The amount of information fed back is constrained. Based on the feedback, transmission parameters of the downlink signals are adjusted. The process of transmitting, providing feedback, and adjusting the parameters continue so that the energy of the downlink signal is enhanced at the terminal location and suppressed elsewhere. Beam forming can be used to further suppress the energy signature at locations other than the terminal location.10-06-2011
20100035645COORDINATED POWER BOOST AND POWER BACK-OFF - A system and method are provided for boosting power for a communications link between a base station and a user device, or user equipment, over a communications link channel in a cellular communications network. In one embodiment, the base station determines whether a communications link for a user device located within a sector of a cell served by the base station needs a power boost. If a power boost is needed, the base station provides a power boost for the communications link for the user device and, for each of one or more neighboring sectors that neighbor the sector in which the user device is located, coordinates the power boost in both frequency and time with a power backoff for a downlink to another user device located in a cell center area of the neighboring sector.02-11-2010
20100016009METHOD AND DEVICE FOR POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for generating a power control command in a transceiver in a wireless communication system, where the method comprises the steps of calculating, at the beginning of a predefined time period, a quality measure reference value, generating, repeatedly during the predefined time period, an estimated quality measure value of a signal received at the transceiver; generating a power control command in dependence of the estimated quality measure value and the quality measure reference value; and generating, a number of times during the predefined time period, a modified quality measure reference value from the quality measure reference value. The step of generating the power control command comprises comparing the estimated quality measure value with the modified quality measure reference value. A power control unit, comprising a quality measure estimator, a calculator, a first controller, a second controller and an inner loop element, is configured to implement the method.01-21-2010
20090312046INTELLIGENT WIRELESS POWER CHARGING SYSTEM - A system and methodology for intelligent power management of wirelessly networked devices. The system provides for reliable wireless communication via a wireless power charging method and, a method to maintain power capacity of batteries in a wireless device. The batteries are charged via an RF harvesting unit embedded inside the wireless device. An intelligent wireless power charging system further comprises at least two batteries and at least two RF adaptor devices coupled to an AC power line. The first adaptor is set for data communication while the second adaptor is used to transmit the power. In addition, when a first battery is in use during active mode, the second battery is subjected to wireless charging.12-17-2009
20100004015Methods and Devices for Adjustment of Transmission Parameters - Methods and devices in a wireless communication system are provided, in which a first portion and a second portion of signals are transmitted on a physical channel to a first transceiver from a second transceiver. A method for controlling transmission parameters in the wireless communication system comprises the steps of: transmitting an indication indicating that the first and the second receiver processing algorithms are used in the first transceiver to process the first and second portions, respectively, of signals received on the physical channel; receiving the indication at the second transceiver; and adjusting, at the second transceiver in response to the indication, a transmission parameter for at least one of the first and second portions of signals to be transmitted on the physical channel to the first transceiver. The indication could be transmitted from the first transceiver, or it could be determined through evaluations carried out at the second transceiver.01-07-2010
20100285830Uplink Power Control for Power Limited Terminals - Transmit power control methods and apparatus are disclosed. In several embodiments, a mobile terminal (11-11-2010
20100056197POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communications system, a serving base station performs outer and closed power control for an overhead channel and a traffic channel for data, either of which can carry an acknowledgement (Ack) channel and Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) channel on an uplink from User Equipment (UE). In an exemplary aspect, data packet communication is implemented in 3GPP LTE Rel. 8 wherein the uplink has a Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiplex (SC-FDM) uplink waveform. The UE performs open loop power control by a determining transmit power spectral density value by using received energy per symbol for a reference signal.03-04-2010
20100069110METHOD OF CONTROLLING POWER OF ACCESS UPLINK USING RELAY STATION AND SYSTEM THEREOF - Provided are a method of controlling power of an access uplink using a relay station (RS) and a system thereof. When a base station (BS) decides that the subject of power control of the access uplink is itself, the BS generates a message for power control of the access uplink based on channel quality measurement information reported from the RS and transmits the power control message to a subscriber station (SS), and when the BS decides that the subject of power control of the access uplink is the RS, the RS generates a message for power control of the access uplink based on channel quality measurement information and transmits the power control message to the SS. Thus, fast power control of the access uplink can be performed.03-18-2010
20110177837Apparatus and method for controlling transmission power in wireless communication system - An apparatus and method controls transmission power by a Base Station (BS) of a wireless communication system by considering a path loss between the BS and a terminal and interference affecting adjacent cells. A receiver receives information about interference from adjacent BSs and a terminal. A calculator calculates transmission power of the terminal using the information about interference received from the adjacent BSs and the terminal. The information about interference received from the adjacent BSs comprises Noise & Interference (NI) values, and the information about interference received from the terminal includes a path loss value.07-21-2011
20090215485METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A REVERSE TRAFFIC RATE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling an uplink transmission power in a mobile station of a mobile communication system. The method includes transmitting uplink data in a first transmission interval, receiving a transmission power control information over a downlink control channel, and determining a transmission power of uplink data to be transmitted in a second transmission interval. The transmission power is determined based on the received transmission power control information and a transmission power of the uplink data transmitted in the first transmission interval. The first transmission interval and the second transmission interval are included in a same Hybrid Automatic Retransmission reQuest (HARQ) process.08-27-2009
20090215484WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication control system controlling a transmission power of a shared control channel for transmitting a control signal to a plurality of mobile stations. The system includes a transmission power lower limit value setting section configured to set a lower limit value of the transmission power of the shared control channel, and to set the transmission power of the shared control channel at the lower limit value when the transmission power of the shared control channel is lower than the lower limit value.08-27-2009
20100069111COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus includes a judgment section which judges the state of receiving a downlink control channel from a base station, and a power control section which does not assign transmission power to at least the top one time block in a frame transmitted to be by an uplink control channel, if it is judged by the judgment section that the downlink control channel has not been received.03-18-2010
20100069109Time-Multiplexed, Two Tier Wireless Device and Method Therefor - Network devices are disclosed where transmission of information over a wireless channel by a device is prevented or allowed during a particular time period based upon a classification of the wireless electronic device, and whether the particular time period is associated with that classification.03-18-2010
20110081937RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, LARGE CELL BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The large cell base station 04-07-2011
20110081942ITRANSMISSION POWER RANGE SETTING DURING CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT FOR INTERFERENCE BALANCING IN A CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for balancing the distribution of interference between radio cells in a wireless communication system comprising cells in which subcarrier blocks are used for communication. A number of adjacent cells build a cell cluster. Moreover, the present invention relates to a corresponding method adapted for use in a system in which multi beam antennas or multiple antennas are used. Furthermore, the present invention relates to base stations performing the above method as well as a communication system comprising the base stations. To reduce the large average SIR variations without causing additional SIR estimation, measurement and calculation problem as introduced with power control the invention suggests to group subcarrier blocks into a plurality of subcarrier block sets in each cell of a cell cluster, to determine transmission power ranges for each of the cells of said cell cluster, and to assign transmission power ranges to the subcarrier block sets to perform TPC within the ranges.04-07-2011
20110081940Methods and Arrangements For Uplink Multicarrier Power Control in a Wireless Communications System - A method of uplink transmit power control in a radio base station of a multi-carrier wireless communication system, in which the radio base station communicated with user equipment on N uplink carriers and M downlink carriers, with the sum of N and M being at least three, includes defining N transmit power control (TPC) commands to be used by the user equipment for adjusting the transmit power of the N uplink carriers. The method also includes transmitting both a first and at least a second of said N TPC commands on a first downlink carrier and each of the remaining TPC commands on separate subsequent downlink carriers, in order to fit all N TPC commands onto the M downlink carriers when M is smaller than N. The method further includes transmitting each of said N TPC commands on separate downlink carriers, when M is larger than or equal to N.04-07-2011
20110081943System and Method for Supporting Multi-User Antenna Beamforming in a Cellular Network - The present invention is a method and system for supporting a beamforming antenna system in a multiple user mobile broadband communication network including a process for setting and adjusting the magnitude and phase of the signal to user equipment from each antenna. Namely, the present invention supports the communication of power signal values or levels to user equipment in a manner that keeps pace with the rapid variations of the power levels that occur in the dynamic scheduling of transmissions on the cell site. The present invention satisfies this need for an improved signal strength signaling to user equipment for the situation where multiple users are located on the cell site.04-07-2011
20110098077METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL DURING DTX OPERATION - Techniques for performing power control during discontinuous transmission (DTX) operation are described. A UE transmits on the uplink during a transmission burst and receives TPC commands generated by a Node B based on the uplink transmission. The UE may receive two TPC commands at the end of the transmission burst that are not applied during the transmission burst. The UE saves and applies these two TPC commands in the next transmission burst. In one design, the UE applies each saved TPC command in one slot of the next transmission burst. In another design, the UE combines the two saved TPC commands and applies the combined value in the first two slots of the next transmission burst. In yet another design, the UE selects one of the saved TPC commands and applies the selected TPC command in the first two slots of the next transmission burst.04-28-2011
20110081935LTE-A SYSTEM AND UPLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An LTE-A system and power control method for controlling cell interference based on codeword-specific transmission power adjustment with a transmission power control offset parameter. The method includes transmitting a parameter K04-07-2011
20110081941FAST ADAPTIVE POWER CONTROL FOR A VARIABLE MULTIRATE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A system and a method of controlling transmitter power in a wireless communication system in which user data is processed as a multirate signal in which the user data signal having a first rate is converted into a transmission data signal having a faster second rate for transmission. The transmission power is adjusted on a relatively slow basis based on quality of data received by a receiver of the transmitted data. The transmitter power is determined as a function of the first and second rates such that a change in the data rate in the multiple channels or the rate of the transmission data signal is compensated in advance of a quality of data based adjustment associated with such data rate change. Preferably, the user data signal having the first rate is converted into the transmission data signal having the second faster rate by repeating selected data bits whereby the energy per bit to noise spectrum density ratio is increased in the transmission data signal.04-07-2011
20110081938TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL OF MOBILE STATION - A transmission power control device is able to capture the serving sector measurement information of a mobile station with respect to a serving sector and the neighboring sector measurement information of the mobile station with respect to a neighboring sector. The transmission power control device selects a power control mode based on a decision as to whether or not the neighboring sector measurement information has been captured in an applied time in the past. The power level of a mobile station is determined based on the selected power control mode. Thus, it is possible to reduce inter-cell interference and inter-sector interference because the power level of a mobile station is determined in light of communication environments, even though the mobile station is connected with a base station in an LTE-based communication system which cannot always detect the neighboring sector measurement information.04-07-2011
20110081939COMPONENT CARRIER POWER CONTROL IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for adjusting transmit power of component carriers in a multi-carrier wireless communication system are disclosed. A base station may determine a plurality of associations relating to one or more component carriers configured for use by a user equipment. The user equipment may receive downlink control information from the base station including one or more power control commands and may adjust a transmit power of its component carriers based on the associations. The user equipment may be notified of the associations either implicitly or explicitly.04-07-2011
20120071192DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF ADJUSTING CHANNEL UTILIZATION FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSION - Device, system, and method of adjusting channel utilization for wireless transmission. For example, a wireless communication unit may control a wireless transmission by a wireless communication device during a contention period, wherein the wireless communication unit is to wait for a back-off period prior to beginning the wireless transmission during the contention period, and wherein a duration of the back-off period is based on a transmission power of the wireless transmission. Other embodiments are described and claimed.03-22-2012
20110077044POWER CONTROL FOR WIRELESS LAN STATIONS - Techniques and apparatus for controlling the transmit power of an uplink (UL) signal from a user terminal in a wireless communications system in an effort to achieve some target characteristic, such as a target carrier-to-interference (C/I) ratio, at an access point (AP) are provided. In this manner, such a user terminal may help avoid or compensate for imbalances in received radio frequency (RF) power between UL signals received from multiple user terminals by the AP. For example, the transmit power at each user terminal may be controlled in an effort to achieve a target post-processing C/I ratio of 28 dB per spatial stream in an effort to reduce large power imbalances and optimize throughput per user terminal The user terminal and the AP may compose part of a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing spatial-division multiple access (SDMA) techniques.03-31-2011
20110151918COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING BASE STATIONS AND TERMINAL FOR MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION - Provided is a communication system for a multi-cell cooperative communication. A serving base station and at least one neighboring base station may communicate with at least one terminal through mutual cooperation. Each of the serving base station and the at least one neighboring base station may shift a phase of at least one element among elements included in a precoding matrix, using a phase shift matrix, and precode at least one data symbol. A terminal may feed back preferred phase shift matrix information to the serving base station, so that the serving base station and the at least one neighboring base station may adaptively determine a phase shift matrix. The terminal may calculate the phase shift matrix with small calculation amounts. The serving base station, the at least one neighboring base station, and the terminal may pre-store a plurality of candidate matrices with respect to the phase shift matrix.06-23-2011
20110070918MULTI-USER BEAMFORMING WITH INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - Techniques for determining interference-suppressing downlink transmission parameters in a wireless network using coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission are disclosed. In each of several iterations of an exemplary method, a tentative user-specific antenna beam-forming vector for the antennas of the first cell is formed for each of several first mobile stations served by the cell and for each of several second mobiles in neighboring cells, based on a most recent tentative virtual allocation of uplink transmitter power to each of the mobile stations and virtual uplink signal-to-noise-plus-interference ratios for the mobile stations that account for inter-cell interference. Further, a current tentative allocation of downlink transmitter power to each of the first mobile stations is determined for each iteration, based on the tentative user-specific antenna beam-forming vectors for the first cell, a pre-determined transmitter power constraint for the first cell, and target signal-to-noise-plus-interference ratios for the first mobile stations.03-24-2011
20120034948METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR REGULATING POWER CONSUMPTION - A method, device and system for regulating power consumption are provided in the embodiments of the present invention. A method for regulating power consumption includes: obtaining, by a base station, an application point and a configuration parameter; sending, by the base station, an indication message to a terminal according to the application point and configuration parameter; regulating, by the base station, the power consumption of the base station by using the configuration parameter at the application point; the configuration parameter comprises cell antenna information or system bandwidth information; the indication message instructs the terminal to use the configuration parameter at the application point. Under the condition that user's normal communication is remained, the number of cell antennas or the cell bandwidth is dynamically changed so that the number of a downstream reference signal is dynamically adjusted. This reduces the power consumption of the network device.02-09-2012
20090023468METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PRIORITY-BASED STATE TRANSITION FOR HIGH SPEED DATA TRANSMISSION AND WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORKS - Apparatus and methods are provided for transitioning wireless devices between a plurality of states having increasing resource intensity from a least resource intensive state to a most resource intensive second state. All power-on wireless devices are ranked. A respective subset of the power-on wireless devices is assigned to each state, the power-on wireless devices of the subsets having rankings which increase with resource intensity of the state. Signalling is generated to the wireless devices to instruct them to implement any change in state. The priorities which are calculated for the purpose of state scheduling are preferably the same as those, or at least based upon the priorities used for packet scheduling.01-22-2009
20090023467METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for performing space division multiple access in wireless communications are disclosed. After the receipt of a set of training data from a base station, an estimated channel state information (CSI) is then generated by a mobile station. The CSI is subsequently quantized. The mobile station then determines whether or not the quantized CSI falls within a set of thresholds. If the quantized CSI falls within the set of thresholds, the mobile then sends feedback information to the base station to allow the base station to consider the mobile station as one of the mobile station candidates available for data communications. Otherwise, if the quantized CSI falls outside the set of thresholds, the mobile station then discards the quantized CSI.01-22-2009
20090023466POWER CONTROL FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM UTILIZING ORTHOGONAL MULTIPLEXING - Techniques for adjusting transmit power to mitigate both intra-sector interference to a serving base station and inter-sector interference to neighbor base stations are described. The amount of inter-sector interference that a terminal may cause may be roughly estimated based on the total interference observed by each neighbor base station, channel gains for the serving and neighbor base stations, and the current transmit power level. The transmit power may be decreased if high interference is observed by a neighbor base station and increased otherwise. The transmit power may be adjusted by a larger amount and/or more frequently if the terminal is located closer to the neighbor base station observing high interference and/or if the current transmit power level is higher, and vice versa. The intra-sector interference is maintained within an acceptable level by limiting a received SNR for the terminal to be within a range of allowable SNRs.01-22-2009
20110256902OPEN LOOP POWER OFFSET UPDATE - Provided is an feedback mechanism to correct power control information in a broadcast signal that is determined to be incorrect by one or more devices that receive and rely on the broadcast information. A device that receives the incorrect broadcast information can determine a correction and to the information and provide a recommendation to tilt source of the broadcast information. The source can selectively determine whether to modify the broadcast information based on the recommendation from one or more devices. If the broadcast information is modified, subsequent devices that receive the broadcast information are provided with the modified information. If further changes are needed, the subsequent devices can provide further recommended changes.10-20-2011
20100298021Method and Apparatus for Uplink Power Control During Soft Handover - The present invention provides a solution for maintaining a reliable power control in a telecommunications network during soft handover between a serving and non serving base station when a dedicated physical control channel power is boosted due to an increased data rate.11-25-2010
20100298022CONFIGURATION OF RADIO COVERAGE - A cellular radio communications network includes a plurality of radio cells. A target radio coverage is associated with each radio cell. Each operational radio cell provides an effective radio coverage defined by a transmission power value of said radio cell. A given transmission power value is applied (11-25-2010
20110212745WIDEBAND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the invention provide methods for transmitting reference signals (RS) from user equipments (UEs) in wireless communication systems. These RS are used, among other functions, by a serving base station to schedule data transmission from UEs and perform power and timing control of the UE signal transmissions. The RS are constructed based on constant amplitude zero autocorrelation (CAZAC) sequences, including their possible modifications. The invention describes methods to multiplex transmission of RS from multiple UEs by having the serving base station control the CAZAC sequence and the associated cyclic shift, transmission bandwidth, transmission period, and transmission power applied to the RS transmission by each UE.09-01-2011
20110250924Energy-efficient operation of a communication network - A method for wireless communication between a base station and a number of devices is provided, with the devices in each case having a limited energy supply. To establish a connection, the base station sends a sequence of synchronization signals on at least one of its communication channels. The devices in each case listen on their parameterized or unparameterized communication channel within a listening period, which is repeated with a repetition frequency that can be set. Outside the listening period, the device in question is set to an energy-saving mode. The length of the listening period, the repetition frequency and the energy consumption in the energy saving mode are synchronized with each other in such a way that the energy consumption up to the connection setup averaged over time does not exceed the energy consumption during normal operation of the device.10-13-2011
20110212744TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION DEVICE - A communication device includes pilot signal sending part and transmit power control part and holds a criterion value indicating target channel quality for mobile stations within the area covered by the base station. It creates quality data from reports from one or plural mobile stations, stores the quality data, creates a first representative value indicating average channel quality for the mobile station(s) from the stored quality data, and changes the transmit power depending on the result of comparison between the first representative value and the criterion value. It creates a second representative value indicating distribution of low channel quality from the stored quality data and updates the criterion value depending on the result of comparison between the second representative value and the criterion value.09-01-2011
20090318181PICOCELL POWER CONTROL - A method is provided of controlling transmission power of a picocell base station. The method comprises the steps of the picocell base station: transmitting a signal at a first power; receiving a report from a mobile terminal that the signal is received within a predetermined quality range; dependent upon receiving said report instructing the mobile terminal to report as to the number of neighboring macrocells detected by the mobile terminal; and controlling the transmission power of a further signal dependent upon said number.12-24-2009
20090318179TRANSMITTED POWER CONTROL METHOD AND MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE - A control section 100 measures a DPCH_RSCP and a DPCH-ISCP of every path, and calculates a DPCH_RSCP and a DPCH-ISCP for every wireless link. The control section 100 then calculates a DPCH_SIR for every wireless link, and calculates a difference in the DPCH_SIR between wireless links. In the case where the calculated difference in the DPCH_SIR is smaller than a preset threshold value of the DPCH_SIR difference, received TPC data are discarded, and the control section 100 does not execute transmitted power control based on the TPC data. On the other hand, in the case where the calculated difference in the DPCH_SIR is larger than the preset threshold value of the difference in the DPCH_SIR, the control section 100 carries out the transmitted power control based on the TPC data with the wireless link whose DPCH_SIR is larger.12-24-2009
20120064939RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (IC) HAVING POWER ISLAND(S) - A radio frequency (RF) integrated circuit (IC) operable to support wireless communications is provided. The RF IC includes a plurality of processing modules wherein each processing module is operable to support one or more functions of the RF IC, and a plurality of power islands. Each power island is associated with one or more functions of the RF IC. Each of the power islands, through the function association, is operable to supply power for the processing modules accordingly. Power consumption by the RF IC may be reduced or secured when the one or more functions associated with the power island is not required.03-15-2012
20120064937Wireless Communication Device and Power Saving Method Thereof - A wireless communication device is a mobile station of a wireless communication network system. In an idle mode, when the wireless communication device enters a startup state from a sleep state to prepare for receiving a paging message, base station (BS) measurement is performed at least once before the paging message is received.03-15-2012
20120202552WIRELESS UNIT AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL WITH THE WIRELESS UNIT - According to one embodiment, a wireless unit includes a first wireless module, a second wireless module, and a notification module. The first wireless module is receives identification signal transmitted from the base station, and to detect whether the base station is available, the identification signal includes information associated with the base station. The second wireless module is operates with less power consumption than the first wireless module and to detect whether the identification signal arrives in predetermined period. The notification module is notify to an external module when the identification signal arrives to the second wireless module in predetermined period.08-09-2012
20090247210MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM - In a mobile communication system performing the space division multiplex, the wireless resources are saved as much as possible and the reception powers of communication signals, which are received by a base station apparatus from mobile station apparatuses, are evened. A mobile communication system wherein each of mobile station apparatuses (10-01-2009
20090143091APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus and method for controlling power in a mobile communication system. The apparatus includes a moving speed measuring unit for measuring a moving speed of the terminal, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) processing unit for requesting a base station to adjust a CQI report frequency when the moving speed measured by the moving speed measuring unit exceeds a threshold value, and determining a CQI report frequency based on information on the CQI report frequency received from the base station to report CQI, and a power controller for performing a power control in response to a power control signal created by the CQI reported from the base station.06-04-2009
20090005106TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling the power of a signal transmitted between a base station and a mobile terminal which constitute a mobile communication system. At least one of the base station and the mobile terminal has functions to compare a predetermined reference value and a necessary transmission power obtained as a result of transmission power control in order to compensate for a signal intensity fluctuation occurring on a link between the base station and the mobile terminal, temporarily stopping the transmission if the necessary transmission power is larger than a predetermined permissible value, and transmit the signal if the necessary transmission power is equal to or smaller than the predetermined permissible value.01-01-2009
20090111503Overload indicator for adjusting open loop power control parameters - The exemplary embodiments of the invention include a method, apparatus, and program to determine actions to be taken upon receiving overload indicators. In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, a method includes: determining if more than a first predetermined number of overload indicator messages are received within a first predetermined period of time. If such a determination is made that more than the first predetermined number of overload indicator messages are received within the first predetermined period of time is made, a value of a power output parameter is adjusted by decreasing the value of the power output parameter, and the adjusted value of the power output parameter is sent. If a determination is made that less than a second predetermined number of overload indicator messages are received within a second predetermined period of time, the value of the power output parameter is adjusted by increasing the value of the power output parameter, sending the adjusted value of the power output parameter is sent.04-30-2009
20080242339CONTROLLING FORWARD AND REVERSE LINK TRAFFIC CHANNEL POWER - Forward link transmission power to a user terminal in a wireless communications system having a plurality of beams is controlled by determining a baseline power level, P10-02-2008
20080242338RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication apparatus which performs a direct communication with a counter radio communication apparatus is provided. The radio communication apparatus includes a radio section configured to receive from the counter radio communication apparatus, a first radio signal which contains a first transmission power setting value as a setting value of power at transmission from the counter radio communication apparatus, and to measure a first reception power value as a power value at reception of the first radio signal; and a transmission power control section configured to determine a second transmission power setting value as a setting value of power at transmission of a second radio signal to the counter radio communication apparatus based on the first transmission power setting value and the first reception power value. The radio section transmits the second radio signal, which contains the second transmission power setting value, to the counter radio communication apparatus at transmission power indicated with the second transmission power setting value.10-02-2008
20080242337DIGITAL AND ANALOG POWER CONTROL FOR AN OFDMA/CDMA ACCESS TERMINAL - Aspects describe controlling a power level for an access terminal in a wireless communication system that utilizes multiple modulation waveforms. The power can be controlled after an Access Grant is received in response to an Access Probe until the mobile device transitions into a steady state. A reference power can be continuously monitored and a setting of a power amplifier can be modified only when the reference power changes. A digital gain of a reverse data channel can be adjusted relative to the reference power level.10-02-2008
20110256901POWER CONTROL IN A COORDINATED MULTIPOINT SYSTEM - A Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) controller advantageously reduces the transmit powers of transmissions coordinated across a plurality of sub-cells within a CoMP cell. The CoMP controller determines serving sub-cell path gains and interfering sub-cell path gains for a set of mobile terminals to be served by distinct sub-cells. The CoMP controller then evaluates an objective function that expresses an aggregate throughput of concurrent transmissions to be sent to or received from the set of mobile terminals as a function of the serving sub-cell path gains, the interfering sub-cell path gains, and the individual transmit powers of those transmissions, to determine the combination of individual transmit powers that maximizes the aggregate throughput while meeting minimum quality of service requirements for the mobile terminals. The combination of individual transmit powers will necessarily require less power than if the concurrent transmissions were each sent at maximum transmit power.10-20-2011
20120202555Method and Apparatus for Supporting Uplink Transmit Diversity - The present invention relates to a method and a user equipment for use in a wireless communication system that allow for improved uplink transmit diversity performance by using downlink measurements for making informed decisions on whether or not to change precoding vector for uplink transmission. The user equipment measures (08-09-2012
20120202553SHARING ANTENNAS FOR INCREASED MULTIPLE-INPUT UPLINK RECEPTION - The claimed subject matter facilitates sharing antennas among carriers co-located at a base station such to increase throughput of the individual carriers. Thus, the carriers can effectively receive multiple-input/multiple-output (MIMO) from mobile devices though the individual antennas of the carrier alone are not sufficient to receive such signals. A co-sharing interface is provided that takes signals from antennas of one carrier and forwards the signals to a second co-located carrier. In this regard, a carrier can receive signals from a related set of antennas as well as the co-sharing interface component (from a set of antennas related to a disparate carrier) and process the signals in conjunction. Thus, the signals can be disparate portions of a MIMO signal. In addition, the co-sharing interface can modify the signals as defined by the carrier receiving the signals from the interface, such as by applying gain control, alarming, bypass circuitry, and/or amplification.08-09-2012
20080214224Method and System of Transmission Power Control - The present invention relates to cellular mobile radio systems, and more especially it relates to Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA, cellular mobile radio systems, particularly to transmission power control in such systems. A method and apparatus for transmission of compensated TPC commands when a substantial loop delay is experienced for one or more user equipment entities is disclosed.09-04-2008
20080214227Transmission Power Control Method, Mobile Station, Radio Base Station, and Radio Network Control Station - The present invention performs an outer loop transmission power control in a more stable manner by preventing a status of being unable to detect an Enhanced Dedicated Physical Control Channel (E-DPCCH). A transmission power control method according to the present application includes: generating, at a mobile station UE, a transport block having a predetermined minimum transport block size, when information to be transmitted to a radio base station Node B does not exist; transmitting, from the mobile station UE to the radio base station Node B, the transport block by a transmission timing predetermined by a mobile communication system or a transmission timing notified from a radio network controller RNC; receiving, at the radio base station Node B, the transport block in accordance with the transmission timing; and controlling, at the radio base station Node B, the transmission power, according to a reception quality of the transport block.09-04-2008
20080214229METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING REVERSE TRANSMISSION POWER OF MOBILE STATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM - A mobile station apparatus for determining reverse transmission power in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing system is provided. A reception module receives from a base station a Reverse-Link Assignment Message including a Packet Format (PF) field and a Reverse-Link Power Control (RLPC) field. A power level adjuster determines a nominal reverse transmission power level depending on information of the PF field, and determines a relative final transmission power level shifted by an offset value defined in the RLPC field from the nominal transmission power level.09-04-2008
20080214226Wireless Communication Control System, Radio Base Station, and Wireless Communication Control Method - A radio communication control system (09-04-2008
20080214230Transmission power control target calculating apparatus - A transmission power control target value calculating apparatus that calculates target values, which are used for transmission power control of radio waves sent through radio transmission paths, comprises: a first target value calculating section that calculates a first transmission power control target value based on quality of combined data which is obtained by combining data obtained through the radio transmission paths; and a second target value calculating section that determines a second transmission power control target value to be applied to at least one of the radio transmission paths, based on the first transmission power control target value and quality information of each of the radio transmission paths.09-04-2008
20080214228Automated Autonomy Increasing System And Method For Communication Devices - A method for automatic powering on and turning off of a communications device, comprising: defining a critical zone to be one of within or outside a range of a base station transceiver; sending a location message from one of the communications device and the base station transceiver; responding to the location message if the communications device is within the range; defining a location of the communications device to be within the range if the responding occurs; and triggering the communications device to one of powering on and turning off using the critical zone and the location of the communications device.09-04-2008
20120122512CELLULAR NETWORK, BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR SELF-OPTIMIZING TRANSMIT POWER TO USER EQUIPMENTS - A base station and a method are described herein for self-optimizing the transmit power to user equipments (UEs) within a cell of a cellular network. In addition, a cellular network is described herein that includes multiple base stations (e.g., base transmitter stations, eNodeBs) each of which is configured to self-optimize the transmit power to the UEs within their respective cell.05-17-2012
20120202554DYNAMIC UPLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A wireless communications system and, more particularly, to a dynamic uplink power control method and device in a wireless communications system are disclosed. A method for dynamically controlling an uplink transmission power at a base station is provided, the method includes the steps of receiving an uplink signal from a user equipment being served by the base station, deciding whether or not an uplink transmission to the base station from the user equipment causes an interference with another base station, and transmitting a transmission power control (TPC) command muting the uplink transmission to the user equipment.08-09-2012
20100331037Method and Related Communication Device for Enhancing Power Control Mechanism - A method for enhancing power control mechanism for a mobile device in a wireless communications system includes enabling a repetition function by which the mobile device repeatedly transmits a feedback signal in a plurality of consecutive subframes, receiving downlink signaling indicating an uplink grant as well as a power control command and allocation of a subframe of an uplink transmission, and not performing the uplink transmission in the subframe when the subframe collides with one of the consecutive subframes.12-30-2010
20120122513METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE CONTROL OF POWER AMONG BASE STATIONS AND BASE STATION DEVICE USING SAME - A method for cooperative control of power among base stations and a base station device which performs the same are discussed. A first receiving unit is configured such that a specific base station in a cooperative unit receives, from a specific terminal located on a cell edge of the specific base station, token value information which indicates an average transmission rate of the specific terminal and the up-to-date level of satisfaction of the minimum average transmission rate of the specific terminal. A second receiving unit receives, from one or more other base stations in the cooperative unit, information containing an average transmission rate of terminals located on edges of each of the base stations, token values of terminals located on cell edges of each of the base stations, and the current power levels of each of one or more base stations.05-17-2012
20110021240Dynamic Power Control of User Equipment - A first communication device and a method in a node serving a first cell of a first frequency for controlling transmission power of a user equipment in the first cell, comprising the steps of receiving (01-27-2011
20110021237Closed-Loop Adaptive Power Control For Adjusting Bandwidth In A Mobile Handset Transmitter - A mobile handset is arranged with an adaptive power controller to controllably adjust transmit power. The adaptive power controller is coupled to a power amplifier module to form a closed feedback loop. The adaptive power control module includes a first shifter, a first sealer, an accumulator and a hold element. The first shifter and first sealer receive respective bandwidth control signals and an error signal. The first shifter and first sealer generate a modified error signal that is forwarded to and filtered by the accumulator and the hold element to generate a power control signal. The power control signal, which is generated the radio frequency subsystem of the handset can quickly and accurately track rapid changes in transmit power.01-27-2011
20110053633Method and apparatus for triggering multicell MIMO schemes in multiple antenna system - A method for triggering multicell MIMO schemes in a multiple antenna system includes transmitting, at a Mobile Station (MS), a first feedback information for single-cell closed-loop MIMO to a Base Station (BS); requesting, at the BS, Normalized Interference Power (NIP) feedback from the MS based on the first feedback information; feeding, at the MS, the NIP back to the BS; selecting, at the BS, a first NIP threshold and a second NIP threshold based on the NIP fed back from the MS; and requesting, at the MS, one of a first MIMO scheme and a second MIMO scheme by comparing the calculated first and second NIPs with the first NIP threshold and the second NIP threshold.03-03-2011
20110053632ANTENNA TRANSMITTING POWER MONITORING AND/OR CONTROLLING - A method and system for controlling the transmitting power of an antenna is provided, the system including a detecting device directly receiving signals from the antenna, the detecting device configured to obtain a voltage standing wave ratio of the antenna; and a control device coupled to the detecting unit. The control device includes a monitoring unit configured to calculate a real transmitting power value of the antenna based on the voltage standing wave ratio; a comparing configured to compare the real transmitting power value with an expected power value to generate an error value; and an adjusting unit configured to output a power adjusting signal for controlling the transmitting power of the antenna based on the error value.03-03-2011
20110053631 METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus provide advantageous uplink power control for a set of uplink channels transmitted by a mobile terminal or other item of user equipment (UE). The proposed uplink power control maintains the total received power for the set of uplink channels at or about a target received power, while also maintaining the received signal quality for a subset of those channels—e.g., a particular one of them—at or about a target received signal quality. In an advantageous but non-limiting example embodiment, the subset comprises a fixed-rate control channel, and the set includes that control channel and a variable-rate traffic channel. Correspondingly, a base station generates first power control commands to maintain the received signal quality of the control channel at or about some quality target, and generates second power control commands to maintain the total received power (of the two channels) at or about some power target.03-03-2011
20100285828THROTTLING TRANSMIT POWER IN A WWAN DEVICE BASED UPON THERMAL INPUT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate throttling transmit power of a WWAN module based upon thermal input. For instance, the thermal input can be a detected temperature, a signal from a computing device associated with the WWAN module, a signal from an alternate technology module (e.g., WiFi module, WiMax module, . . . ) associated with the WWAN module, or the like. A target transmit power of the WWAN module can be reduced (e.g., by a predetermined amount, . . . ) upon occurrence of a condition (e.g., the detected temperature exceeding a threshold, the computing device or the alternate technology module requesting a decrease in thermal power, . . . ), for example. Moreover, negotiation between the WWAN module and a base station can be effectuated to select an appropriate class (power class or Multi Slot Class) and/or operating mode when the target transmit power of the WWAN module is altered.11-11-2010
20100304781Method and Apparatus for Calculating an Initial Transmission Power In Universal Mobile Telecommunications System User Equipment - A method and apparatus for calculating an initial transmission power in a mobile telecommunications system is disclosed, the system comprising a network of a plurality of cells and at least one user equipment device. The user equipment device receives broadcast system information, and measures a signal power. An initial transmission power is calculated in a lowest logical layer of the system defined as a protocol stack, using the received information and measured power.12-02-2010
20100323748PILOT REFERENCE TRANSMISSION FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A pilot reference transmission scheme well suited for high data rate wireless communication systems is disclosed. To maximize the amount of interference from transmissions from neighboring transmission sources (e.g., access points or base stations) during the pilot interval, and hence minimize the amount of interference from non-transmitting sources during the data intervals, the pilot references are transmitted in bursts at predetermined time intervals, and the pilot bursts from the access points are synchronized. This results in maximum interference contributions from non-transmitting neighboring access points, facilitating reliable estimation of worst case carrier-to-interference (C/I), and further allows the receiving devices (e.g., access terminals) to easily recognize the bursts as pilot reference. In one embodiment, each access point transmits the pilot bursts at or near its maximum transmit power level and no user-specific data is transmitted during the pilot bursts.12-23-2010
20100323743THERMAL ENERGY CONTROL IN A MOBILE TRANSCEIVER - A method and apparatus for controlling thermal energy generation in a User Equipment (UE) operating in a radio telecommunication network. The thermal energy generation is directly proportional to a transmit power level in the UE, and a Node B allocates transmit power levels to a plurality of UEs through scheduling grants. Upon request by the UE, the Node B allocates a dedicated scheduling grant to the UE authorizing a higher transmit power. If the UE subsequently overheats, it sends a power reduction request to the Node B. Upon approval, all or part of the dedicated grant is removed, and the UE transmits at a lower power level to reduce thermal generation. The Node B retains control of the grant and may reallocate it to a common scheduling grant or may allocate another dedicated grant to a different UE.12-23-2010
20100323747METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORWARD LINK POWER CONTROL - A forward link power control mechanism measures the reverse link power control bits which are transmitted on the forward traffic channel. At the remote station, the reverse link power control bits from multiples base stations or multiple signal paths are measured, combined, and filtered to yield an improved measurement of the forward link signal quality. The reverse link power control bits which are deemed unreliable are omitted from use in the power control loop. The remote station generates a set of forward link power control bit in accordance with the measurements and transmits these bits to all base stations in communication with the remote station. Each base station adjusts its gain of the forward traffic channel in accordance to its measurement of the forward link power control bit.12-23-2010
20120034949SIGNAL TRANSMISSION PARAMETER CONTROL USING CHANNEL SOUNDING - A base station (BTS) may instruct a client station (CS) to transmit sounding signals that the BTS may analyze to determine what adjustments, such as power, time, and/or frequency adjustment(s) should be made by the CS. The BTS may control when and how the sounding signals are sent by the CS. This helps reduce the possibility of adjustment signals transmitted by two or more CSs colliding. Thus, sounding signals transmitted by the CS in response to a request by the BTS can be received by the BTS with higher a probability of success. This permits the BTS to more accurately characterize the channel and to provide better adjustment of power level, frequency offset, and/or timing offset for more optimal communication. Such techniques can be used to reduce bit error rates and to improve the overall signal to noise ratio encountered by the system.02-09-2012
20120034947TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A transmission power determination system configured to control a transmission power of a radio signal transmitted by a small base station in a mobile communication network including a general base station forming a predetermined cell and the small base station forming a small cell smaller in size than the predetermined cell, the transmission power determination system comprising: a reception power acquisition unit configured to acquire a reception power of a radio signal from one of a different small base station or the general base station, which can be received by the small base station; a determination unit configured to determine one of the different small base station and the general base station which transmits the radio signal acquired by the reception power acquisition unit; a pathloss value calculation unit configured to calculate, when it is determined by the determination unit that the radio signal is transmitted from the different small base station, pathloss value between the different small base station and the small base station based on a difference between a transmission power of the radio signal from the different small base station and the reception power of the radio signal from the different small base station acquired by the reception power acquisition unit; and a transmission power determination unit configured to determine the transmission power of the radio signal transmitted by the small base station, based on the pathloss value calculated by the pathloss value calculation unit.02-09-2012
20110034204COMMUNICATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a communication device including: a communication unit that receives a beacon for a second communication service making secondary usage of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service; and a control unit that controls a transmission power to be used for transmission of a radio signal of the second communication service from the communication unit based on location data included in the beacon and indicating a location of a transmission source node of the beacon and a location of an interfered node interfered by the second communication service.02-10-2011
20110070919TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL PROGRAM - A transmission power control apparatus is provided with: an interference information acquisition unit which acquires interference information indicative of an interference amount for each frequency block in a neighboring base station; and a transmission power control unit which control the transmission power of a mobile terminal when a frequency block group configured by one or more frequency blocks is allocated to the mobile terminal, based on the interference information acquired by the interference information acquisition unit.03-24-2011
20110098076METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling uplink power in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The uplink power controlling method includes receiving target Signal-to-Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) parameters and an uplink noise and interference level from a base station, determining an uplink power based on a target SINR and an estimated average power level of noise and interference of a user equipment, the target SINR being determined using the target SINR parameters and the estimated average power level of noise and interference of the user equipment being calculated using the uplink noise and interference level, and receiving at least one of selectively transmitted first and second offsets from the base station and adjusting the uplink power based on the received at least one of the first and second offsets.04-28-2011
20110136533System and Method for Power Control - A method of operating base station includes determining a first transmit power of a user equipment (UE), which includes determining a serving base station receive power, determining a path loss of the UE to the base station, determining a downlink signal to noise and interference ratio (SNIR) at the UE, and forming the first UE transmit power. Forming the first UE transmit power comprises summing the serving base station receive power, the path loss of the UE to the base station and the downlink SNIR. The method further includes instructing the UE to transmit at the first UE transmit power.06-09-2011
20110086663SELECTIVE TRANSMISSION OF POWER DECISION PILOT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for selectively transmitting a power decision pilot are described. The power decision pilot may be indicative of the transmit power to use for data transmission in a future time interval. The power decision pilot may be transmitted when sufficiently beneficial for channel quality estimation or omitted otherwise. Whether or not to transmit the power decision pilot may be determined based on system type (e.g., heterogeneous or homogeneous system), the presence or absence of a dominant interferer, whether a reduce interference request is received, etc. For example, a base station may transmit a power decision pilot if it causes high interference to a non-served terminal, if a served terminal observes high interference from a neighbor base station, if the base station receives a reduce interference request from a non-served terminal, etc. The power decision pilot may be transmitted if a determination is made to transmit the pilot or omitted otherwise.04-14-2011
20110086664METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SCALING TRANSMIT POWER OF SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus of varying transmit power of signals for increasing system throughput and spectral reuse in an unlicensed spectrum are disclosed. One method includes transmitting from a first mobile device to a second mobile device a request to send (RTS) signal having a first transmit data power level based on a channel gain between the first mobile device and the second mobile device, receiving, at the first mobile device, a clear to send (CTS) signal from the second mobile device, and transmitting data at the first transmit data power level from the first mobile device to the second mobile device.04-14-2011
20120309446COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM AND ITS CONTROL PROGRAM - In a communication control method, a target SIR setting part controls downlink transmission power from a base station so that the T-SIR will be equal to the SIR measured in a known inner loop, by increasing a target signal interference ratio (T-SIR) by a first predetermined value when a reception field level of a common pilot channel before the establishment of synchronization of a dedicated control channel, which is provided by the quality measurement part, falls below a first threshold selected by a target quality setting part depending on the reception quality of a DPDCH, and decreasing the target signal interference ratio (T-SIR) by a second predetermined value when the reception field level of the common pilot channel exceeds a second threshold selected by the target quality setting part depending on the reception quality of the DPDCH.12-06-2012
20120309445CONTROLLING AND MITIGATING DROPPED COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects relate to temporarily disabling a message or a set of messages based on the detection that an uplink transmission power is reaching maximum power or is at maximum power. The detection can be based on observing that one or more uplink transmissions are near, or at, the maximum power. The message or set of messages that are disabled can be a non-call critical message(s), such as a non-signaling radio bearer related message(s). Disabling the message or set of messages can conserve resources, which can be utilized for call critical messages, which can include signaling radio bearer related messages, call maintenance messages, voice communications, and so forth. Disabling the message or set of messages can also mitigate the chances of a call being disconnected due to power demands that exceed the maximum power available.12-06-2012
20120064938TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station (03-15-2012
20090176525METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SIGNALING AND PROCEDURE TO SUPPORT UPLINK POWER LEVEL DETERMINATION - Method and apparatus are disclosed for determining a physical uplink power level for transmissions on a physical uplink channel. In one embodiment, a random access channel (RACH) uplink message is transmitted. The RACH uplink message includes a RACH message power level and/or a downlink pathloss figure. A downlink message including a power offset value is received. The physical uplink power level is set for transmissions on the physical uplink channel based on the power offset value. In another embodiment, a RACH uplink message is transmitted and a downlink message including a relative power offset value is received. The physical uplink power level for transmissions on the physical uplink channel is then set based on the relative power off set value.07-09-2009
20090197633MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A mobile communication method includes: (A) assigning, at a radio network controller, a channelization code and a transmission timing for the mobile station on the basis of a status of use of a channelization code and a transmission timing in a sector other than a specific sector when the mobile station sets a radio link with the radio base station in the specific sector; and (B) notifying, from the radio base station, the mobile station of the transmission power control information via the transmission power control channel using the channelization code and the transmission timing assigned at the radio network controller.08-06-2009
20090197630Method of controlling transmit power of uplink channel - A method of controlling a transmit power of an uplink channel is provided. Downlink control information of which Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) parity bits are masked with a TPC identifier is received on a downlink control channel. The transmit power of the uplink channel is adjusted based on a TPC command in the downlink control information.08-06-2009
20090197629POWER DECISION PILOT FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting data with short-term interference mitigation in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a first station (e.g., a base station or a terminal) may receive a message sent by a second station to request reduction of interference on at least one resource. In response to receiving the message, the first station may determine a first transmit power level to use for the at least one resource based on one or more factors such as a priority metric sent in the message, the buffer size at the first station, etc. The first station may send a power decision pilot on the at least one resource at a second transmit power level determined based on the first transmit power level.08-06-2009
20090197628Reducing Co-Interference by Hushing Selective Cellular Devices - Embodiments described herein provide for reducing cellular co-interference. A primary cellular device is selected. A secondary cellular device that causes co-interference with the primary cellular device is also selected. Whether the primary cellular device is a transmitting device or a receiving device is determined. Upon determining that the primary cellular device is a transmitting device, a first hush command is transmitted to the primary cellular device. Upon determining that the primary cellular device is a receiving device, a second hush command is transmitted to the secondary cellular device. The first hush command instructs the primary cellular device to increase a first transmit power from the primary cellular device to a cellular tower. The second hush command instructs the secondary cellular device to decrease a second transmit power from the secondary cellular device to the cellular tower.08-06-2009
20090197627METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER AND INCUMBENT PROTECTION IN A COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM - A cognitive radio (CR) device (08-06-2009
20090197631INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for mitigating interference on control channels in a wireless communication network are described. In an aspect, high interference on radio resources used for a control channel may be mitigated by sending a request to reduce interference to one or more interfering stations. Each interfering station may reduce its transmit power on the radio resources, which may then allow the control channel to observe less interference. In one design, a user equipment (UE) may detect high interference on radio resources used for a control channel by a desired base station. The UE may send a request to reduce interference on the radio resources to an interfering base station, which may reduce its transmit power on the radio resources. The UE may receive the control channel on the radio resources from the desired base station and may observe less interference from the interfering base station.08-06-2009
20100190519METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MUTING A DIGITAL LINK IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - System and methods for muting a digital link in a distributed antenna system are provided. In one embodiment, a device for processing signals a distributed antenna system (DAS) is provided. The device comprises: a first signal path for transporting digital data signals; a controller for monitoring events affecting the first signal path; and a muting module coupled to the controller, wherein the muting module controls muting of a signal power of the first signal path as directed by the controller. The muting module applies a hard clamping to mute the signal power of the first signal path when the controller identifies an unplanned event. The muting module applies a ramp to mute the signal power of the first signal path when the controller identified a planned event.07-29-2010
20100190521POWER CONTROLLING METHOD AND CORRESPONDING BASE STATION - A power controlling method and corresponding base station for controlling the transmission power of each user terminal are disclosed, in which, each user terminal is paired into virtual MIMO transmission. In the solution, first, determining the transmission power of each user terminal that makes the sum of the transmission power of each user terminal minimum under the case that the specific index for each user terminal meets a required threshold value; then, feed backing the determined transmission power of each user terminal to each user terminal. Compared with the prior art, the solution can achieve a preferable power efficiency.07-29-2010
20110201377Methods and Devices for Interference Control in Home Base Station Environments - In methods and devices GNSS reception quality can be used to determine the maximum output power of a Home UE, i.e. a UE served by home base station and is based on the insight that GNSS reception quality may be used for estimation of the interference caused by transmissions of an HUE on an existing network. The power of the HUE need be restricted to keep interference within limit. The estimation of the interference, and the determination of the HUE maximum output power, is based on the GNSS reception quality in the HUE, or the GNSS reception quality in the HBS or on a combination of the GNSS reception in the HUE and the HBS. In one embodiment a combined metric based on the GNSS reception quality and one or more cellular radio measurement is used to determine the maximum output power of the HUE. The GNSS reception quality measurements and the cellular measurements used for deriving the combined metric can be performed in the HUE and/or in the HBS or in both. Hereby a number of advantages over current systems and methods can be achieved. For example, the interference from the HUE (served by the home BS) to other cellular network e.g. macro network or relay nodes is reduced. The GNSS or A-GNSS receiver in the UE and/or home BS are exploited for setting an appropriate maximum output power of the HUE. The HUE served by the home BS is able to operate at its maximum possible output power level whenever possible without significantly generating interference towards the surrounding network.08-18-2011
20110201378METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling the transmit power of a mobile BS in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes determining a measurement value for determining if a noise power level is higher than an interference power level, when the measurement value is higher than a threshold value, determining that the noise power level is higher than the interference power level, and, when it is determined that the noise power level is higher than the interference power level, increasing transmit power.08-18-2011
20110201376METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR ADAPTING POWER OF REFERENCE SIGNALS - A method and an arrangement in a radio network node for adapting transmission power of resource elements for demodulation reference signals, referred to as “reference elements” are provided. The radio network node is configured for multiple-input multiple-output transmission, referred to as “MIMO transmission”, to a user equipment. The MIMO transmission comprises at least three layers. Two consecutive subcarriers of a resource block carry at least three reference elements. A first subcarrier of the resource block carries data elements. The radio network node adapts transmission power of said at least three reference elements such that an average transmission power, over said two consecutive subcarriers, of said at least three reference elements is equal to a transmission power, for the first subcarrier, of the data elements for said at least three layers. The radio network node uses the adapted transmission power to transmit, to the user equipment, said at least three reference elements.08-18-2011
20100029321MOBILE STATION DEVICE AND BASE STATION DEVICE FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION - A mobile station device includes a receiving section configured to receive a control signal used for changing a value of the transmission power of the mobile station device from a base station, and a control section configured to change, if the transmission power value of the mobile station device is more than a certain threshold value when the control signal has been received, the transmission power value by setting an extent to which the transmission power value is to be changed as a certain extent of change, and, if the transmission power value of the radio mobile station device is less than the certain threshold value when the receiving section received, change the transmission power value by making the extent of change of the transmission power value smaller than the certain extent of change.02-04-2010
20100029320Methods and apparatus for power allocation and/or rate selection for UL MIMO/SIMO operations with PAR considerations - A method for a wireless communication includes receiving or storing a peak to average (PAR) back off value; and applying the PAR back off value to determine the transmission power and rate for SIMO and MIMO transmissions. In one aspect, the PAR back off value is at least partially based on modulation type. In another aspect, the PAR back off value is more for higher order QAM than for QPSK. The power allocation algorithm for different UL MIMO schemes is described as follows. For MIMO without antenna permutation (e.g. per antenna rate control), different PAR back off values are considered for different data streams. For MIMO with antenna permutation or other unitary transformation such as virtual antenna mapping or precoding, the PAR back off are determined based on combined channel. The transmission data rate depends on power and also the receiver algorithms such as a MMSE receiver or MMSE-SIC receiver.02-04-2010
20100029322Dynamic Adjustment of Power Offset for UE/BS Based on Error Event of NACK to ACK. - A radio network system employing a method with dynamic adjustment of the power offset that provides a “per-UE”-NACK to ACK power offset calculation method instead of using a fixed offset for all users in the cell is disclosed. Also for each UE, the power offset can adjusted dynamically. The adjustment is based on the error event of NACK to ACK. When an error event of NACK to ACK happens, the offset is increased, otherwise the offset is decreased. Hence, the offset can be controlled for each User Equipment for the duration of a call starting from some standard configured value is calculated and used rather than a fixed offset.02-04-2010
20100029318Radio Communication Method and Radio Base Station - The present invention is summarized as a radio communication method including the steps of: calculating a transmission power difference between transmission powers of a first carrier and a second carrier; determining whether or not the transmission power difference exceeds a threshold set on the basis of a maximum transmission, power difference allowable between the first carrier and the second carrier; and when the transmission power difference exceeds the threshold set on the basis of the maximum transmission power difference, assigning a first time frame used for transmitting reverse link data by using the first carrier and a second time frame used for transmitting reveres link data by using the second carrier in a manner that the two times frames do not overlap with each other on the time axis.02-04-2010
20100029317APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method includes repeatedly transmitting messages from a first wireless node at a transmit power. The method also includes receiving feedback from a second wireless node, where the feedback is based on a quality of reception of at least some of the messages at the second wireless node. The method further includes adjusting the transmit power of the first wireless node based on the feedback to maintain the quality of reception proximate to a setpoint. The feedback could be received from multiple second wireless nodes. The feedback could include quantized values. The quality of reception could include a bit error rate, a packet error rate, and/or a receive signal strength. The quality of reception can be determined for a sliding window associated with a subset of the transmitted messages.02-04-2010
20130012254ADJUSTING A SIGNAL-TO-INTERFERENCE RATIO TARGET BASED ON A SIGNAL CHARACTERISTIC - A particular method includes transmitting a message corresponding to a reporting event detected at a mobile device, where the reporting event is associated with a network condition that decreases a likelihood of the mobile device successfully decoding a reply to the message. The method also includes, in response to transmitting the message, increasing a signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) target of the mobile device.01-10-2013
20120302280POWER CONTROL METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A power control method for interference alignment in wireless network having K transmitters and K receivers is provided. The method comprising: receiving, performed by receiver n (n is an integer, 1≦n≦K−1), a power indication signal of transmitter n+1 from the transmitter n+1; determining, performed by the receiver n, power of transmitter n; and transmitting, performed by the receiver n, a power indication signal of transmitter n to the transmitter n, wherein the power of transmitter n is determined based on a residual interference of the receiver n, and the power indication signal of transmitter n indicates a minimum transmission power or a maximum transmission power of transmitter n.11-29-2012
20120302279Outer Loop Transmit Power Control in Wireless Communication Systems - Outer-loop power control methods and apparatus are disclosed. In an exemplary embodiment, a short-term block error rate is measured for a received signal, and a coarse adjustment to a target signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) is calculated as a function of the short-term block error rate, a target block error rate, and a first loop tuning parameter. In some embodiments, a fine adjustment to the target SIR is also calculated, as a function of a smoothed block error rate, the target block error rate, and a second loop tuning parameter. The coarse adjustment provides quick responsiveness to received block errors, while the fine adjustment moderates the coarse adjustments by accounting for a longer-term view of the received block error rate. The target SIR adjustments disclosed herein may be computed in each of several iterations of an outer-loop power control loop.11-29-2012
20120302278METHODS AND DEVICES IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for determining a random access transmission power setting of a first communication device in a communications network includes receiving, at a first communication device, data from a second communication device indicating a random access reception power. The method also includes determining a desired random access reception power of the second communication device based on the received data and a parameter of random access configuration that influences a detection performance of the random access at the second communication device and determining a random access transmission power to use based on the desired random access reception power. The method additionally includes setting a random access transmission power setting of the first communication device in accordance with the determined random access transmission power.11-29-2012
20100022266PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An access point for a radio communication system transmits a pilot signal. The access point can operate in different modes with the pilot signal transmit power being controlled differently. A mode processor (01-28-2010
20110218013APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POWER CONTROL OF MOBILE BASE STATION OF VARIABLE BACKBONE CAPACITY - An apparatus and method for power control of a mobile BS of variable backbone capacity. The method includes determining a link state and capacity of a backbone of the BS, and determining a link state and service capacity between the BS and a mobile communication terminal. The method also includes, if the capacity of the backbone is less than the service capacity, setting the backbone capacity similar to the service capacity by lowering a transmit power of the BS by a predefined value.09-08-2011
20110218012MOBILE TERMINAL AND POWER CONTROL METHOD - A mobile terminal includes a receiving part configured to receive from a base station a reception signal including a control signal used for controlling transmission power; a comparing part configured to compare a correlation value, which is obtained from the control signal included in the reception signal and a first unique signal, with a threshold; a control part configured to control the transmission power based on a comparison result of the comparing part; and a threshold generating part configured to change the threshold according to a reception environment.09-08-2011
20120149423Real Time Transmission Power Control - Controlling the output power of a radio transmitter includes operating the transmitter at an initial power level setting and making an output power measurement. The measured value is adjusted by a desired incremental value and the adjusted value is then compared with the power of the original baseband signal to obtain a representation of what the gain should be if the radio transmitter power is properly adjusted to achieve the desired incremental value. The output power of the radio transmitter is than actually adjusted, and the actual gain is measured. The difference between the actual gain and the representation of what the gain should be if the radio transmitter power is properly adjusted is used to determine a further power adjustment of the radio transmitter that will reduce the difference.06-14-2012
20090221317METHOD FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL FOR DISTRIBUTED SATELLITE NETWORKS TO COMPENSATE FOR RAIN FADE - A method for dynamically determining the power compression point of an amplifier in a distributed network under the control of a computer, the network having a first terminal (09-03-2009
20100075709Radio Base Station and Receiver Fault Diagnosis Method - Even if a receiver has a normal gain and a lowered intermodulation distortion characteristics, a fault detection is possible. A test signal transmitter sends a test signal having at least two frequencies to a radio receiver through a coupler. A digital signal processing section receives a signal which includes an IM3 component generated by the radio receiver and measures the electric power of fundamental wave components and the IM3 component. Then, the digital signal processing section calculates the gain of the radio receiver and IIP3, which is an index for intermodulation distortion characteristics, of the radio receiver 03-25-2010
20090247212FAST ADAPTIVE POWER CONTROL FOR A VARIABLE MULTIRATE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A system and a method of controlling transmitter power in a wireless communication system in which user data is processed as a multirate signal in which the user data signal having a first rate is converted into a transmission data signal having a faster second rate for transmission. The transmission power is adjusted on a relatively slow basis based on quality of data received by a receiver of the transmitted data. The transmitter power is determined as a function of the first and second rates such that a change in the data rate in the multiple channels or the rate of the transmission data signal is compensated in advance of a quality of data based adjustment associated with such data rate change. Preferably, the user data signal having the first rate is converted into the transmission data signal having the second faster rate by repeating selected data bits whereby the energy per bit to noise spectrum density ratio is increased in the transmission data signal.10-01-2009
20080280638UPLINK POWER CONTROL FOR LTE - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate employing aperiodic closed loop power control corrections in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) based wireless communication environment. An aperiodic power control command can be sent over a downlink to control and/or correct an uplink power level employed by an access terminal. Transmission of the aperiodic power control can be triggered by a measurement (e.g., received power being outside a set margin, . . . ). The aperiodic power control command can include a single-bit and/or a multi-bit correction. Further, the access terminal can alter the uplink power level employed for subsequent uplink transmissions based upon the aperiodic power control command when received. Additionally, regardless whether the aperiodic power control command is received at a given time over the downlink, the access terminal can employ periodic power control commands and an open loop power control mechanism to adjust the uplink power level.11-13-2008
20110117953METHOD OF CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling uplink power in a wireless communication system includes receiving a power control message including parameters for uplink power control from a base station, and controlling uplink power based on the power control message, wherein the uplink power is determined according to a target SINR (Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio), the target SINR is determined by a minimum rate SINR required at the base station and a control factor for noise and interference. Transmission power of signal can be more accurately controlled and an influence of an inter-cell interference or a path loss can be reduced to thus improve quality of service of the wireless communication system.05-19-2011
20100323746Method of Transmitting TPC Commands - In a cellular radio system Transmission Power Control (TPC) power offset is set so that it is adjusted for each transmitting radio base station based on available relevant measurements that reflect the quality of the downlink channel carrying the uplink TPC command whereby an improved performance is obtained. The TPC power offset can for example be based on an estimated uplink Dedicated Physical Control CHannel (DPCCH) SINR, the number of TPC “up” and the number of TPC “down” sent by a radio base station and aggregated UE receiver power or UE transmit power over a number N slots. Also a mobile station used in a cellular radio system supporting soft handover may be adapted to apply TPC discarding thresholds based on the number and the quality of simultaneously received TPC commands. The discarding procedure in the mobile station may also be carried out selectively such that TPC commands that are determined to be unreliable are not discarded but selectively discarded based on how reliable they are determined to be.12-23-2010
20090082054POWER ALLOCATION SCHEME CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate and effectuate power allocation schemes that reuse power allocation patterns amongst different carriers for sectors in the same cell and uses different power allocation patterns between cells. The frequency reuse scheme generates power allocation patterns, selects one of the generated power allocation patterns for use among at least two carriers of at least two sectors in a cell, and employs a second disparate power allocation pattern for use between at two cells.03-26-2009
20120172079Methods and Apparatuses for Enabling Power Back-Off Indication in PHR in a Telecommunications System - The exemplary embodiments describe a method for use in a user equipment (07-05-2012
20110306385METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING CARRIER POWER AMPLIFIER OF BASE STATION - A method, an apparatus, and a system for controlling a carrier Power Amplifier (PA) of a Base Station (BS) in a network communication field are disclosed. The method includes: obtaining power control information of the carrier PA at a next timeslot; and adjusting working voltage of the carrier PA at the next timeslot according to the power control information. An apparatus and a system for controlling a carrier PA of a BS are also disclosed. The method, apparatus, and system can reduce energy consumption of the BS and improve energy efficiency of the BS.12-15-2011
20110306384METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PAIRING USER TERMINALS IN MULTIUSER-MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT - A method for pairing user terminals in the MU-MIMO system comprises: a base station sets pairing parameters; the base station receives report information of a user terminal, and sets parameter identifiers according to the set pairing parameters and the report information; and after determining that the user terminal which reported the report information is a user terminal to be paired, the base station determines a user terminal paired with the user terminal to be paired according to the set parameter identifiers. A device for pairing user terminals in the MU-MIMO system comprises a parameter setting unit, a parameter identifier setting unit and a pairing performing unit. Under the precondition of considering the path loss condition of the user terminals, the present invention combines with the path condition of the user terminals to pair the user terminals, which can relieve the influences of the interference on the pairing result to a certain extent, and improve the performance of the MU-MIMO system.12-15-2011
20110306383METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A user equipment in wireless communication system is provided. The user equipment includes an antenna unit including a plurality of antennas, a control unit for grouping the plurality of antennas into a predetermined number of antenna groups and controlling separately transmission power of each of the predetermined number of antenna groups, and a transmitting unit, connected to the control unit, for transmitting at least one of data and control information to a base station via at least one of the predetermined number of antenna groups.12-15-2011
20110306382ELECTRONIC APPARATUS CAPABLE OF REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus which is capable of appropriately providing notification about a connecting state and an operating state of a wireless communication unit, and reducing power consumption. Upon receiving a beacon signal from a wireless communication access point with a predetermined period, a notification unit provides notification that the wireless communication unit is linked to the wireless communication access point. Based on a time corresponding to the predetermined period, the wireless communication unit is returned into a first state from a second state in which a smaller amount of power is consumed than in the first state. When the wireless communication unit lies in the second state, the notification unit is intermittently disabled, and when the wireless communication unit returns from the second state into the first state, the notification unit is disabled.12-15-2011
20110306381System and Method for Transparent Coordinated Beam-Forming - A system and method for transparent coordinated beam-forming are provided. A method for transmitting information includes determining correlations between communications devices served by a communications controller and communications devices served by neighboring communications controllers, selecting a communications device from the communications devices served by the communications controller, adjusting a manner of transmission of a transmission containing information to the selected communications device based on a correlation for the selected communications device, and transmitting the transmission to the selected communications device.12-15-2011
20110306380SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM REVERSE PATH SUMMATION USING SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO OPTIMIZATION - Systems and methods for distributed antenna system reverse path summation using signal-to-noise ratio optimization are provided. In one embodiment, a method for reverse path summation for a distributed antenna system comprises: normalizing an uplink noise floor for a plurality of remote antenna units of a distributed antenna system, wherein the uplink noise floor is normalized based on a first remote antenna unit having a lowest noise floor of the plurality of remote antenna units; and scaling an uplink output gain of each of the plurality of remote antenna units by a scaling factor, wherein the scaling factor attenuates the uplink output gain based on a composite maximum host peak power for a host unit coupled to the plurality of remote antenna units.12-15-2011
20090318180Method of transmitting power headroom reporting in wireless communication system - Disclosed is related to a method of effectively transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) from the terminal to the base station in an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system (E-UMTS) evolved from universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS) or a long term evolution (LTE) system, and more particularly, to a method of providing the power headroom report after determinations of whether the power headroom reporting is triggered and whether allocated uplink resource(s) accommodate a medium access control (MAC) control element.12-24-2009
20090312048METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CLOSED-LOOP TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL FOR FRACTIONAL DEDICATED PHYSICAL CHANNEL - A method and apparatus for performing closed loop transmit power control of a fractional dedicated physical channel (F-DPCH) are disclosed. Transmit power control (TPC) symbols on an F-DPCH and common pilot channel (CPICH) symbols are received. A short term signal power estimate is calculated using the TPC symbols, and a short term noise power estimate is calculated using the CPICH symbols. A short term signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) on the F-DPCH is calculated. A long term signal power estimate and a long term noise power estimate are calculated using the TPC symbols. A long term SIR is calculated and compared to a TPC quality target. An SIR target is adjusted based on comparison of the long term SIR to the TPC quality target. The short term SIR is compared to the SIR target and a TPC command is generated based on comparison of the short term SIR to the SIR target.12-17-2009
20110086666Bit-Rate Prediction - The present invention is directed to a method for predicting a bit rate provided by an enhanced data channel in a future radio channel, once the future radio channel is added to an ordinary data channel in an operational radio channel. It is assumed that the bit-rate provided by the enhanced data channel is indicated by the ratio (A), wherein E is the enhanced data channel power offset, E is the ordinary control channel power offset after a future addition and k04-14-2011
20120040709APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPORTING TRANSMISSION POWER, AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING TRANSMISSION POWER - Disclosed is an apparatus for reporting transmission power. The apparatus for reporting transmission power includes a transmission power normalization unit, a message generation unit, and a transmission unit. The transmission power normalization unit normalizes a first transmission power at a current Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level into a second transmission power at a reference MCS level, the current MCS level being an MCS level of a burst which is intended to comprise a transmission power report of a terminal. The message generation unit generates a message comprising the transmission power report of the terminal with the second transmission power defined therein. The transmission unit transmits the generated message to a base station.02-16-2012
20120040708METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for reporting Power Headroom (PH) of a User Equipment (UE) per carrier efficiently in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation are provided. The method includes calculating PHs for multiple activated carriers based on whether data channel transmission takes place on each carrier, configuring indicators indicating whether the data channel transmission takes place on the corresponding carriers, and transmitting the PHs and indicators as aggregated in an extended PH Report (PHR) on one of the carriers.02-16-2012
20120040707METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING POWER HEADROOM INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for configuring Power Headroom Report (PHR) of a User Equipment (UE) efficiently in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation are provided. The method includes generating a header including a LCID for identifying extended PHR and L indicating a length of the extended PHR, and inserting Power Headrooms (PHs) of multiple activated carriers into the extended PHR of one of the carriers.02-16-2012
20120157155UL FFR-BASED SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information in a multi-cell based mobile communication system, the method comprising: extracting information on a fractional frequency reuse (FFR) pattern that represents whether terminal transmission power for a plurality of frequency resource groups is boosted to apply uplink fractional frequency reuse (UL FFR) to a particular cell; and broadcasting power control information that is configured separately by each of the plurality of frequency resource groups based on the extracted FFR pattern.06-21-2012
20110319126COORDINATED POWER BOOST AND POWER BACK-OFF - A system and method are provided for boosting power for a communications link between a base station and a user device, or user equipment, over a communications link channel in a cellular communications network. In one embodiment, the base station determines whether a communications link for a user device located within a sector of a cell served by the base station needs a power boost. If a power boost is needed, the base station provides a power boost for the communications link for the user device and, for each of one or more neighboring sectors that neighbor the sector in which the user device is located, coordinates the power boost in both frequency and time with a power backoff for a downlink to another user device located in a cell center area of the neighboring sector.12-29-2011
20110319125RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND BLOCKADE CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station (12-29-2011
20110319123USER EQUIPMENT APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A PLURALITY OF SIGNALS SIMULTANEOUSLY USING AT LEAST TWO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SCHEMES AND METHOD THEREOF - A user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. A second receiving module, of a second wireless communication chip, is configured for receiving a transmission power value of a first signal configured to be transmitted from a first wireless communication chip of the UE. A second transmission power value determining module, of the second wireless communication chip, is configured for determining a transmission power value of a second signal configured to be transmitted from the second wireless communication chip, the determination based on the received transmission power value of the first signal and a predefined specific absorption rate (SAR) condition, wherein the first wireless communication chip is configured for transmitting the first signal using a first wireless communication scheme, wherein the second wireless communication chip is configured for transmitting the second signal using a second wireless communication scheme simultaneously with the transmission of the first signal by the first wireless communication chip.12-29-2011
20110319121Method of Handling Transmit Power Control and Control Signaling and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a plurality of transmit power control (TPC) commands for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a plurality of downlink (DL) grants for a plurality of physical DL shared channel (PDSCH) transmissions from a network of the wireless communication system, the plurality of DL grants comprising the plurality of TPC commands; and deriving at least one TPC command for power control of at least one physical uplink (UL) control channel (PUCCH) transmission by using the plurality of TPC commands.12-29-2011
20110319119USER APPARATUS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A user apparatus (12-29-2011
20110319118METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for controlling transmission power in a wireless network area is provided. A target base station may control transmission power in cooperation with a neighboring base station and, thus, a satisfaction with a Quality of Service (QoS) of target terminals may be improved. Additionally, the target base station may determine whether to control the transmission power in cooperation with the neighboring base station, based on a possible improvement in satisfaction with the QoS of the target terminals.12-29-2011
20110319127MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - Provided is a communication device which transmits a signal by setting appropriate transmission power under the situation that the communication device moves. The mobile communication device includes transmitting and receiving means for receiving a first signal transmitted from other mobile communication device; control means for holding first circumference information including transmission power setting information of the first signal, time information including receiving time when the transmitting and receiving means receives the first signal, and receiving power information of the first signal in the transmitting and receiving means, and deleting the first circumference information in a case where a predetermined period has passed from the receiving time; and transmission power control means for generating transmission power setting information of a second signal and outputting to the transmitting and receiving means, and providing a predetermined value to the transmission power setting information of the second signal in a case where the first circumference information is deleted.12-29-2011
20120115537CARRIER GROUPING FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORT - Methods, systems, devices, and computer program products are disclosed which facilitate the transmission and reception of power headroom reports for component carriers in a multi carrier wireless communication system. A mobile device may determine available power headroom in a multicarrier configuration through a calculation of a maximum transmit power associated with a first component carrier (CC) in a subset of the CCs. The calculation can account for increases in transmit power of other component carriers in the subset by proportionally increasing transmit powers for each of the subset of CCs. A power headroom may be identified for one or more of the CCs based on a result of the calculation, and a power headroom report (PHR) may be generated that includes the power headroom available for the first CC.05-10-2012
20120115536POWER CONTROL FOR TV WHITE SPACE DEVICES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for using power control in a television white space (TVWS) network. One example method generally includes generating, at a first apparatus, a message for controlling a transmit power of a second apparatus—the message including a first indication of a first transmitter power backoff for the first apparatus and a second indication of a second transmitter power backoff for the second apparatus—and transmitting, to the second apparatus, the message based on the first transmitter power backoff. In this manner, messaging may be used to enable transmit power control of devices in a TVWS network, which may operate in accordance with the IEEE 802.11af standard.05-10-2012
20110319124METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING POWER AMPLIFIER EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS HAVING HIGH PEAK TO AVERAGE POWER RATIOS - A power management system and method for a wireless communication device generates an average desired transmit power signal based on at least one of a received signal strength indicator signal and a power control instruction signal from a base station. A power supply level adjustment signal is generated based on the data parameters of an outgoing data stream and at least one environmental information signal. A combination of the power supply level adjustment signal and the average desired transmit power or a gain control signal and an altered version of the power supply level adjustment signal is used to generate a variable power supply signal that is provided to an output amplifier block for sufficiently generating outgoing wireless device radio signals while reducing power loss in the output amplifier block.12-29-2011
20110319122METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE TRANSMIT POWER CAPPING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for determining a transmission power cap for one or more devices based at least in part on pathloss measurements to one or more access points received from the one or more devices. A common transmission power cap can also be computed for assigning to devices communicating with an access point, and the transmission power cap for a given device can be adjusted when the transmission power is at or a threshold level from the common power cap to conserve signaling in the wireless network. Adjustment of the transmission power cap can additionally or alternatively be based on a received power at an access point related to signals from the device, an interference report from one or more access points, and/or the like.12-29-2011
20120115531TRANSMISSION POWER DEPENDENT IMBALANCE COMPENSATION FOR MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses for wireless communication are provided. In an aspect, Transmissions are received from multiple antennas of a user equipment and a differential power control message that is based on an imbalance of transmitted power from the multiple antennas is transmitted. In another aspect, a differential power control message that is based on an imbalance of transmitted power from multiple antennas of a user equipment is received and based on the message, the imbalance is compensated for by varying a transmit power from one or more of the multiple antennas.05-10-2012
20120046064Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Telecommunications System - A method in a base station for deriving a power headroom for a first component carrier is provided. The base station is a radio base station and is comprised in a wireless communication system. The base station is configured to use carrier aggregation comprising a first component carrier and a second component carrier. The base station receives (02-23-2012
20120046063CONTROLLING ACCESS POINT TRANSMIT POWER BASED ON ACCESS TERMINAL RANKING - Transmit power for an access point is controlled based on measurement reports received by the access point from one or more access terminals that are not currently being served by the access point. In some aspects, transmit power is controlled based on the number of received messages that correspond to a particular event. In some aspects, transmit power is controlled based on the contents of the received messages. For example, the access point may use signal strength information included in the messages to determine a level of transmit power that mitigates interference at a defined subset of reporting access terminals.02-23-2012
20120004008TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL APPARATUS - A transmission power control method, a wireless communication system and a terminal apparatus which can reduce radio interference to each terminal apparatus installed into peripheral cars other than the communication counterpart are provided. In wireless communication between at least two movable terminal apparatuses, a terminal apparatus which has received a predetermined wireless signal transmitted with a known electric power from another terminal apparatus measures its received power and sets a numerical value of transmission power when transmitting information to the other terminal apparatus according to the measured value of the received power.01-05-2012
20120004007Method, Apparatus, and Network Device for Power Control - A method for power control includes: if a downlink serving Access Point (AP) of a User Equipment (UE) is different from an uplink serving AP of the UE, sending, by a base station, downlink signaling to the UE so that the UE adjusts uplink transmitting power according to the downlink signaling. In addition, the present invention discloses an apparatus and a network device for power control.01-05-2012
20120004005METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BLOCKER DETECTON AND AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL - Aspects of a method and system for integrated blocker detection and automatic gain control are provided. In this regard, a communication device may generate one or more first signal strength indications based on a strength of a received signal at a first point in the analog front-end of the communication device. The communication device may generate one or more second signal strength indications based on a strength of the received signal at a second point in a digital processing module of the communication device. The first point in the analog front-end may be an input or an output of a down-conversion mixer. The second point in the digital processing module may be an output of an analog-to-digital converter or an output of a channel selection filter. The communication device may control, utilizing the first signal strength indication(s) and the second signal strength indication(s), a gain of one or more components of the communication device.01-05-2012
20120004006METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING AN UPLINK TRANSMITTING POWER, AND A BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a method and a system for controlling an uplink transmitting power, and a base station, wherein the method comprises: determining respective power control parameters of each frequency partition in a system whose uplink frequency band is divided into a plurality of frequency partitions, wherein each frequency partition comprises a plurality of physical sub-carriers; and a base station transmitting the power control parameters of all or part of the frequency partitions to a terminal, so that the terminal determines a transmitting power on a sub-carrier included in a corresponding frequency partition according to the power control parameters. By using the present invention, the power control parameters of a plurality of frequency partitions of an uplink frequency band are transmitted to the terminal, so that the terminal determines the transmitting power on the sub-carrier included in the corresponding frequency partition according to the power control parameters, which can solve the problems that the methods for controlling the uplink transmitting power in related technology is not flexible and can not effectively improve the uplink performance of the system, and can achieve the aims of controlling the uplink interference between the cells effectively and improving the uplink performance of the system.01-05-2012
20090111502METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANTI-COLLISION TAG IN RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION (RFID) SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for preventing tag collision in a Radio Frequency IDentification (RFID) system are provided. A method of a reader for preventing the tag collision in the RFID system includes modifying variables such that every tag responds in the same slot, measuring a power of tags received in the same slot, allocating slots by predicting the number of the tags based on the measured power, and reading the tags in the allocated slots.04-30-2009
20120208589MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A radio base station eNB according to the present invention includes: a path loss calculation unit 08-16-2012
20120252522SIGNAL TRANSMISSION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - A signal transmission device includes: a communication device that transmits first information and second information, wherein at the time of transmitting the first information, the communication device controls a strength of a transmission signal thereof on the basis of the second information.10-04-2012
20120252521ACCESS POINT TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL - A power calibration scheme adjusts power levels of network of femtocells based on macro signals seen at different points in and around a coverage area and based on the mutual positions of the femtocells (e.g., based on femtocell signals seen at these points). The power calibration scheme thus facilitates a good balance between providing a desired level of coverage and mitigation of interference to nearby macrocells and femtocells.10-04-2012
20120009970APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPORTING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER STATUS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system is provided. In the mobile communication system, an Advanced Mobile Station (AMS) receives an UpLink (UL) Noise and Interference (NI) level, a target Signal to Interference and Noise Ratio (SINR), and an Offset, receives parameters needed for reporting a UL Tx power status, updates the Offset, and transmits a UL Transmission (Tx) power status report header including information indicating the updated Offset, to an Advanced Base Station (ABS).01-12-2012
20120009969APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling uplink transmission power in a mobile communication system are provided. In the method, an Advanced Mobile Station (AMS) determines uplink transmission power based on a measured path loss, an uplink noise and interference level received from an Advanced Base Station (ABS), a target Signal-to-Noise and Interference Ratio (SINR), and an offset. An initial offset value is determined based on a number of retransmissions of an initial ranging code performed until an initial ranging process is completed, a transmission power unit used for retransmission of the initial ranging code, and a power correction value received from the ABS upon completion of the initial ranging process with the ABS.01-12-2012
20120015682Energy Savings in Cellular Base Stations - A method for reducing energy consumption of a base station is described. A first pilot channel is transmitted via a first antenna using a first downlink power amplifier. A second pilot channel is transmitted via a second antenna using a second downlink power amplifier. It is determined that no multiple-input and multiple-output users are in a cell corresponding to the base station. The second pilot channel is shut off.01-19-2012
20110165908RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication apparatus which performs a direct communication with a counter radio communication apparatus is provided. The radio communication apparatus includes a radio section configured to receive from the counter radio communication apparatus, a first radio signal which contains a first transmission power setting value as a setting value of power at transmission from the counter radio communication apparatus, and to measure a first reception power value as a power value at reception of the first radio signal; and a transmission power control section configured to determine a second transmission power setting value as a setting value of power at transmission of a second radio signal to the counter radio communication apparatus based on the first transmission power setting value and the first reception power value. The radio section transmits the second radio signal, which contains the second transmission power setting value, to the counter radio communication apparatus at transmission power indicated with the second transmission power setting value.07-07-2011
20110165907APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR MANAGING TRANSMISSION POWER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus, system, and method efficiently manage transmission power in a user equipment (UE) device by maintaining and applying an authorized power level to determine a transmission power level after a power limited transmission and before a new power control command has been received. The UE device maintains the authorized power level by monitoring and adjusting the authorized power level based on received power control commands. After a power limited transmission where the maximum power level is less than the authorized power level, the UE device determines the transmission power level for the next transmission based on the authorized power level. Accordingly, after the power limiting situation has ceased, the UE device transmits at the optimum power level eliminating the inefficiencies of transmitting at a lower than authorized power before the next power control command is received.07-07-2011
20110165906RESOURCE INDEXING FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN RESPONSE TO RECEPTIONS OF MULTIPLE ASSIGNMENTS - User Equipment (UE) transmits an acknowledgement signal in response to the reception of multiple Scheduling Assignments (SAs) transmitted by a base station. The SAs consist of Information Elements (IEs) including a Transmission Power Control (TPC) IE providing adjustments for the transmission power of the acknowledgement signal. The TPC IE in a first SA of the multiple SAs is used to provide the previous adjustments and the TPC IEs in the remaining of the multiple SAs are used to provide an indication of the resource used for the transmission of the acknowledgment signal.07-07-2011
20090197632ALLOCATING TRANSMIT POWER AMONG TWO OR MORE CARRIERS ASSIGNED TO A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Allocating transmit power among two or more carriers assigned to a wireless communication device is disclosed. In one aspect, a method of allocating transmit power includes determining a total amount of data transmit power available at the wireless communication device for data transmission over the carriers. An efficiency metric is determined for each carrier based on the carrier's transmission characteristics and a portion of the total data transmit power is allocated to each carrier based on each carrier's efficiency metric.08-06-2009
20120058798PROCESS FOR IMPROVING THE DETERMINATION OF THE SIR TARGET IN AN OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL MECHANISM OF UMTS UE - In a receiver of a UMTS telecommunication system a process for performing the Outer Loop power control in a User Equipment is provided. The receiver includes an improved outer loop power control mechanism that estimates a Signal to Interference target (SIR03-08-2012
20120058797POWER CONTROL ON A DEACTIVATED COMPONENT CARRIER - A wireless communication system implementing Carrier Aggregation (CA) allows activation and deactivation of certain component carriers. Transmit power on an uplink component carrier being reactivated may be controlled by predetermining appropriate power control parameters to be used upon reactivation. The predetermined power control parameters may depend on a last known power control state of the deactivated component carrier or may be reset to apply an initial low power state.03-08-2012
20120058796A METHOD OF OPERATING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND BASE STATION FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of operating a wireless communications network comprising a first plurality of base stations serving a second plurality of subscriber stations and at least one Radio Network Controller. The method comprises detecting (03-08-2012
20120028671POWER LOADING IN MU-MIMO - Embodiments of a system and method for transmitting data from an access point in a multiple user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) system are provided. A first indication of signal quality (ISQ) is received at the access point from a first station and a second ISQ is received from a second station. The access point sets a first power level and a first modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for transmission of a first aggregated media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (A-MPDU) to the first station as a function of the first ISQ and an amount of payload data corresponding to the first A-MPDU. The access point also sets a second power level and a second MCS for transmission of a second A-MPDU as a function of the second ISQ and an amount of payload data corresponding to the second A-MPDU.02-02-2012
20120064936UPLINK POWER CONTROL WITH INTERFERENCE-OVER-THERMAL (IoT) LOAD CONTROL - An uplink power control scheme for a wireless communication system is provided. In general, a subscribing station is located within a serving sector of a cell served by a base station in a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, the subscribing station obtains interference parameters for one or more neighboring sectors of the serving sector of the subscribing station. In this embodiment, the interference parameters are interference thresholds. The subscribing station then controls a maximum transmit power, and thus a power headroom, of the subscribing station based on the interference thresholds for the one or more neighboring sectors.03-15-2012
20120157151TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL IN 160 MHZ BSS - Three alternative methods of controlling transmit power in a basic service set (BSS) including a plurality of stations that have successfully synchronized with an access point include providing each BSS with one transmit power limit that is not more than the lowest one of the transmit power limits of all of its operating channels, providing each BSS with one transmit power limit that is fixed for physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data units (PPDU) with each channel bandwidth, or providing each BSS with one transmit power limit that is fixed for each 80 MHz channel.06-21-2012
20120071193REVERSE LINK TRAFFIC POWER CONTROL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate reverse link power control on a traffic channel. Indications of other sector interference or other such interference levels can be broadcasted in a wireless communication. Further, power control related information can be included in assignments to mobile devices. Mobile device can utilize the information in the assignment to set a range for delta-based power control. Further, devices employ broadcasted interference indications to maintain and adjust delta values that enable power settings to be established on traffic channels. Moreover, mobile devices may provide feedback to facilitate future assignments.03-22-2012
20120071196Method And Apparatuses For Transmitter To Multi-Carrier Power Amplifier Configuration - The invention relates to a method for configuring a set of multi-carrier power amplifiers, MCPAs, to provide power amplification for a set of base station transmitters. The method is characterized by switching at least a first MCPA in the set of multi-carrier power amplifiers such that the at least first MCPA stops providing power amplification to at least a first subset of the set of base station transmitters, and switching at least a second MCPA in the set of multi-carrier power amplifiers such that the at least second MCPA starts to provide power amplification to the at least first subset of the set of base station transmitters. The invention also relates to a distributing unit connectable to such a base station and a base station comprising a distributing unit.03-22-2012
20120071195Transmit Power Management for Specific Absorption Rates - Systems and methods for regulating transmit power in a mobile station to comply with SAR limits are disclosed. A mobile station may include a processor, transmitter, and proximity sensor. The transmitter is configured to operate at a transmit power controlled by a first transmit power limit. The proximity sensor identifies how close the mobile station is to a human head. A transmit power regulator, implemented on the processor, determines the cumulative energy radiated by the transmitter over a specified number of frames. If the cumulative energy exceeds an energy limit based on a SAR limit, and the proximity sensor indicates that the mobile station is close to a human head, the transmit power regulator may decrease the transmit power limit of the transmitter.03-22-2012
20120071194USING MULTIPLE AND A SINGLE FEEDBACK FOR UE UPLINK BEAMFORMING IN SOFT HANDOFF - Embodiments of the present invention describe methods for increasing the amount of information available to a mobile transmit diversity transmitter during soft handoff. According to embodiments of the invention, a transmit diversity transmitter may determine substantially when it is in uplink communication with one base station and downlink communication with another base station. The mobile device may transmitting a diversity signal by controlling a value of a transmit diversity parameter based on feedback signals from the downlink base station, and controlling a power level in accordance with a standard protocol, e.g. combination of transmit power control feedbacks provided by the active base stations.03-22-2012
20120157154METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN FEMTO BASE STATION AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method and an apparatus for controlling transmission power in a femto base station is provided. The method includes: predicting femto base station interference to be given from an adjacent femto base station to a terminal; predicting macro base station interference to be given from a macro base station to the terminal; determining transmission power for the terminal; and transmitting a downlink signal to the terminal on the basis of the transmission power, wherein the femto base station interference is predicted on the basis of a distance between serving femto base station and the adjacent femto base station and the transmission power of the adjacent femto base station, and the macro base station interference is predicted on the basis of a distance between serving femto base station and the macro base station and the transmission power of the macro base station.06-21-2012
20120157152Uplink Power Control - A power control applied to a radio network controller (06-21-2012
20120157150DOWNLINK AND UPLINK PATHLOSS ESTIMATION GAP ADJUSTMENT SCHEME FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a pathloss gap between a downlink pathloss from a base station to a mobile station and an uplink pathloss from the mobile station to the base station is estimated. An initial offset value for uplink power control of the estimated pathloss gap is calculated based at least in part on said estimating. An offset value for an uplink data channel or an uplink control channel, or combinations thereof, is set based at least in part on the initial offset value. The pathloss gap for uplink power control is compensated using the set offset value.06-21-2012
20110092244AD-HOC WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD USING SECTOR ANTENNA, RECOVERY METHOD IN AD-HOC WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND AD-HOC WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are an ad-hoc wireless communication method using a sector antenna, a recovery method in ad-hoc wireless communication, and an ad-hoc wireless communication system. The ad-hoc wireless communication method using a sector antenna according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, includes: transmitting a requesting message for setting a communication link while changing transmission power to each sector of the sector antenna; receiving a response message corresponding to the requesting message from a receiving node of each sector; configuring a routing table for the transmission power for each sector based on the received response message; and transmitting data at the transmission power for each sector by referring to the routing table.04-21-2011
20120157153WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME FOR LOW POWER CONSUMPTION OF TERMINAL DEVICE - The wireless communication system is configured to adaptively change a status report (SR) cycle and a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle on the basis of a quality of a radio link between a terminal device and a network device. When the quality of the radio link is good, the DRX cycle or the SR cycle is lengthened accordingly, and when the quality of the radio link is poor, the DRX cycle or the SR cycle is shortened accordingly. Furthermore, when the quality of the radio link is good for a long time, the power consumption can be significantly reduced by turning off the terminal device, and after a certain time, turning on the device.06-21-2012
20110081936METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF TRANSMISSIONS ON MORE THAN ONE COMPONENT CARRIER - A method and apparatus for controlling or determining transmit power of transmissions on more than one component carrier (CC) is disclosed. A WTRU may set a transmit power for each of a plurality of channels mapped to multiple CCs. The channels may include at least one physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and may also include at least one physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).04-07-2011
20110105175Method and System for Managing Transmitting Power of Communications Devices Equipped with a Plurality of Antennas - A communications system and method for managing transmitting power of communications devices equipped with multiple antennas. A first communications device enables a first antenna configuration in accordance with a first pre-determined rule. A second communications device activates a second antenna configuration in accordance with a second predetermined rule. First and second messages are exchanged between the first and second communications devices. The first message includes the power management profile of the first communications device and the second message includes information pertinent to a power management profile of the second communications device, and signal integrity information determined by the second communications device from the received first message. The first communications device enables a third antenna configuration in accordance with the first pre-determined rule and the second communications device activates a fourth antenna in accordance with the second pre-determined rule configuration after the first and second messages have been exchanged.05-05-2011
20110105173POWER CONTROL METHODS AND APPARATUS - Methods and apparatus for power control are described. Methods are included for calculating and signaling power control related data to support multiple component carriers (CCs) for which transmission may be accomplished with one or more WTRU power amplifiers (PAs). Methods are included for calculating and signaling one or more of CC-specific power control related data and PA-specific power control related data. The power control related data may include one or more of maximum power, power headroom, and transmit power. Methods for selecting which power control related data to exchange are included. Methods are included for calculating and signaling power control related data for physical UL shared channel (PUSCH), physical UL control channel (PUCCH), and simultaneous PUSCH and PUCCH transmission.05-05-2011
20110105172Adaptive Power Balancing and Phase Adjustment for MIMO-Beamformed Communication Systems - Techniques are provided for improving performance of a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) wireless communication system. At a first wireless communication device (e.g., a base station) having a plurality of antennas, uplink transmissions are received from a second wireless communication device (e.g., a client device). The base station determines a measure of multipath conditions between it and the second wireless communication device based on the received uplink transmissions. The base station applies downlink beamforming weight vectors together with power balance and phase adjustment factors depending on the measure of multipath conditions to transmit multiple downlink data streams across the plurality of antennas simultaneously to the second wireless communication device.05-05-2011
20100093388MIMO RADIO INTERFACES - A receiver front end includes a plurality of in-phase and quadrature phase receive processing blocks operable at first and second frequency bands and further includes a plurality of filtering and amplification blocks disposed within a corresponding ingoing signal path, a plurality of received signal strength indicator (RSSI) blocks coupled to receive an ingoing analog signal from a corresponding plurality of nodes disposed throughout the ingoing signal path, each of the plurality of RSSI blocks producing a signal strength indication, and wherein a baseband processor is operable to receive a selected signal strength indication and to produce at least one gain setting to at least one amplification block within the in-phase or quadrature phase receive processing blocks. In operation, the baseband processor receives a signal strength indication from each RSSI block to determine a total amount of gain and appropriate gain distribution within the receive signal path.04-15-2010
20100093387METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING POWER CONTROL SETPOINT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques to adjust the setpoint of a power control loop in a wireless communication system. The setpoint may be adjusted based on frame status indicative of erased/good decoded frames, one or more (typically soft) metrics indicative of the confidence in the decoded results, power surplus/deficit indicative of the difference between the received signal quality and the setpoint, setpoint surplus/deficit indicative of the difference between the setpoint and a threshold E04-15-2010
20100093386Random access for wireless communication - Techniques for sending messages for system access are described. In one aspect, a user equipment (UE) sends a first message with power headroom and/or buffer size information for system access. A Node B determines at least one parameter (e.g., a resource grant, power control information, etc.) based on the power headroom and/or buffer size information. The Node B sends a second message with the parameter(s). The UE sends a third message based on the parameter(s), e.g., with uplink resources indicated by the resource grant, with transmit power determined based on the power control information, etc. In another aspect, the UE sends a radio environment report in the third message. The report may be used to select a cell and/or a frequency for the UE. In yet another aspect, the second message includes power control information, and the UE sends the third message based on the power control information.04-15-2010
20090131096PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, CONTROL DEVICE, AND PACKET COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - The present invention improves a system capacity and satisfaction rate with a quality of service in packet communications performed through a radio link established between a transmitting station and a receiving station by dynamically limiting transmission power of packets in the transmitting station and keeping an increase of an interference level in the receiving station, which belongs to another cell, within a TPC margin. The present invention includes a resource allocator 05-21-2009
20090131094Communication Control Method, Communication Control System and Its Control Program - In a communication control method which realizes the quick and stable provision of a service by increasing efficiency in transmission power control, a target SIR setting part 05-21-2009
20090131093Scheduling of Uplink Data Transmission Using Different Ue-Ids - A radio terminal adjusts its data transmit power in response to received power control commands which specify a maximum transmit power level. The commands may be addressed to an individual radio terminal by means of a first address, or addressed to a group of radio terminals by means of a second address. In order that the data transmit power of an individual radio terminal is not disrupted by the commands addressed to a group, the radio terminal operates in two states. In the first state the radio terminal responds to commands comprising the first address and does not respond to commands comprising the second address. In the second state the radio terminal responds to commands comprising the second address. The radio terminal transfers from the first state to the second state in response to receiving a command comprising the first address and a predetermined value. On entering the second state the transmit power is set in accordance with the last- received command comprising the second address, thereby avoiding the need for transmission of a further command comprising the second address before transmission in the second state can proceed. Alternatively, or additionally, transmission rate may be controlled in the same manner.05-21-2009
20110183704Real Time Event-Driven Automation for Energy Management in a Wireless Network - Technologies are described herein for real time event-driven automation of energy management features within a wireless communications network. Resources within a wireless communications network, such as entire base stations or equipment within a base station supporting specific cells, sectors, frequency bands, or services, may be switched on or off in response to events occurring within the communications network. A central controller receives a network interface message corresponding to an event occurring within the communications network. The central controller analyzes the network interface message and, based upon the analysis of the network interface message, generates an action message that includes instructions to take an action on an affected network resource within the communications network. The action message is then transmitted to the appropriate network resource. The action message may cause the affected network resource to implement power management parameters for adjusting the power consumption of the network resource.07-28-2011
20110183702Methods of determining uplink target signal-to-interfence-and-noise ratios and systems thereof - Example embodiments are directed to a method of determining an uplink target signal-to-interference-and-noise ratio (SINR). In one embodiment, the method includes determining the uplink target SINR for a user equipment (UE) based on a downlink signal-to-interference ratio (SIR). The downlink SIR is determined based on a channel quality indication (CQI) index received from the user equipment.07-28-2011
20120129565CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK OPERATION - A system and method are provided for operating a cellular communications network including a first base station and a second base station. The method comprises reducing the downlink transmission power of the second base station and increasing the downlink transmission power of the first base station, based upon the level of data traffic being communicated through the second base station; and receiving an initial uplink transmission from a mobile station at the second base station and identifying that the second base station can provide a communications service to the mobile station.05-24-2012
20120129567MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIOWAVE INTERFERENCE REDUCING METHOD - A mobile communication system includes: a first base station apparatus having a first communication coverage area; at least one second base station apparatus having a second communication coverage area smaller than the first communication coverage area and capable of adjusting radiowave transmit power thereof; and a mobile station apparatus. When the mobile station apparatus is connected via radio to the first base station apparatus and is receiving a radiowave interfering with a radiowave received from the first base station apparatus, the mobile station apparatus transmits a transmit power reduction request command to any one of the second base station apparatuses to request reducing the radiowave transmit power thereof, and of the second base station apparatuses, the base station apparatus that received the transmit power reduction request command reduces the radiowave transmit power.05-24-2012
20120129564METHODS AND DEVICES FOR POWER-AWARE DATA SYNCHORONIZATION IN WIRLESS DEVICES - Disclosed are devices and methods of a communication device including initiating an initial communication via a modem in response to a data pull communication event or a data push communication event and determining by the controller a measured network condition associated with transmitting the initial communication as well as determining by the controller the power consumption of the initial communication based on a measured network condition value processed by monitoring the modem. Methods of a communication device further include comparing the power consumption value with a predetermined power consumption value stored in the memory related to a predetermined acceptable measured network condition value for this type of communication event, and terminating by the controller, the communication when the power consumption value exceeds the predetermined power consumption value based upon the acceptable measured network condition value for this type of communication event.05-24-2012
20120129563Method for Setting of a Transmission Power - Based on a method used in a wireless communication system (for example WiMAX), wherein a possible successful transmission power (C) for detecting a transmitter by a receiver is calculated, in order to achieve a faster detection of the transmitter by the receiver, a method is proposed, wherein from the calculated transmission power (C) a permissible maximum (D) and a permissible minimum (E) transmission power are determined. At a starting time, a transmission power (G) is set, which is below the calculated transmission power (C) and above the determined permissible minimum transmission power (E). The transmission power is then increased incrementally (F) until the determined permissible maximum transmission power (D) is reached. Upon reaching the determined permissible maximum transmission power (D), the transmission power is then increased incrementally (F) from the determined permissible minimum transmission power (E) until the determined permissible maximum transmission power (D) is reached again and is continued, until the transmitter is detected by the receiver or until further steps are initiated.05-24-2012
20120165063APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A NODE OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for controlling a node of a wireless communication system has a traffic load determiner, a cooperation capacity determiner and a power control unit. The traffic load determiner determines a traffic load in the wireless communication system and the cooperation capacity determiner determines an available cooperation capacity of the node with another node of the wireless communication system. Further, the power control unit activates or deactivates an antenna of a node based on the determined traffic load and the determined available capacity.06-28-2012
20120172080POWER CONTROL IN SCHEDULABLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A wireless communication entity schedulable in a wireless communication network include a radio receiver that receives radio resource assignment information including a bandwidth allocation, a controller communicably coupled to the power amplifier, wherein the controller varies an operational maximum power level of the schedulable wireless communication entity based on whether the schedulable wireless communication entity is communicating time-critical traffic or non-time-critical traffic, and wherein the operational maximum power level limits an instantaneous power at which the schedulable wireless communication entity may transmit on the radio resource assigned.07-05-2012
20120315948Method and Apparatus for Controlling Energy Consumption in a Multi-Antenna Base Station - The present invention relates generally to a method for use in a radio base station of a wireless communications network and to an energy control apparatus (12-13-2012
20120315947COMMUNICATION BASE STATION AND POWER AMPLIFICATION PROCESSING METHOD OF COMMUNICATION BASE STATION - A method for implementing power amplification processing includes: obtaining power amplifier feature information and service requirement information of a power amplifier, where the service requirement information includes requirement information of a real-time service and requirement information of a non-real-time service; determining a regulation parameter and a scheduling parameter of the power amplifier according to the service requirement information and the power amplifier feature information; and performing, by the power amplifier, transmit power regulation according to the regulation parameter to obtain amplified transmit power.12-13-2012
20120214538USER EQUIPMENT AND POWER CONTROL METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS - An improved power control method and apparatus of a mobile terminal is provided for facilitating random access procedure in a mobile communication system based on a distributed antenna system. A method includes receiving, by the terminal, system information from a base station, the system information including transmit power information for transmitting a random access preamble; calculating a transmit power using the transmit power information; and transmitting the random access preamble using with the calculated transmit power.08-23-2012
20120214539Method and Device for Adjusting an Uplink Transmission Power of a Mobile Terminal - A method and a device are provided for adjusting an uplink transmission power of a mobile terminal towards a local wireless node that is deployed within a wide area wireless network, wherein at least one power control parameter is determined by the local wireless node from at least one cell of the wide area wireless network; and wherein the uplink transmission power of the mobile terminal is set based on the at least one power control parameter.08-23-2012
20120214536COOPERATIVE WIRELESS POWER SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are a method and device for cooperatively sending and receiving power wirelessly. Wireless power charging coverage at the level of data signal transmission can be ensured by establishing one or more modes for transmitting, to a specific terminal, a power transmission signal from any of a plurality of nodes which is (are) not engaged in data transmission, and by matching the phase synchronization of the power transmission signal between the one or more nodes and then transmitting, to the specific terminal, a power transmission signal of which the phase synchronization has been matched by means of the one or more modes.08-23-2012
20120214537METHOD OF EFFICIENTLY REPORTING USER EQUIPMENT TRANSMISSION POWER AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method and an apparatus for efficiently transmitting or reporting a Power Headroom Report (PHR) of a User Equipment (UE) are provided. The method of transmitting the PHR of the UE in a mobile communication system includes configuring an extended PHR including an indicator corresponding to a variation factor of a maximum transmission power of the UE, and transmitting the extended PHR from the UE to a Base Station (BS). The BS may be notified of a maximum transmission power of the UE and a variation factor corresponding to the maximum transmission power in order to enable efficient scheduling.08-23-2012
20120135776Method and apparatus for reducing power comsumption in a wireless communication device - A method and apparatus for conserving power in a wireless communication device. The method includes receiving at least a portion of a PHY protocol data unit (PPDU) frame, where the PPDU frame includes an aggregate MAC protocol data unit (A-MPDU) field. The method also includes comparing a receiver address (RA) within the A-MPDU field to a stored address of the wireless communication device and, if the received RA does not match the stored address, causing power to be removed from one or more circuits of the wireless communication device for a calculated period of time.05-31-2012
20120135780POWER CONTROL METHOD IN COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION, COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a power control method, etc., in cognitive radio communication, by which power control can be effectively performed without a large indirect cost. In the power control method, a target value of SNR is estimated on the basis of the control information relating to interference. Subsequently, communication power used for the cognitive radio communication is adjusted on the basis of the estimated target value of SNR. Thereby, power control can be effectively performed without a large indirect cost.05-31-2012
20120135779TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITY DETECTION - The present application discusses, among other things, apparatus and methods for detecting and using a excess capacity on a wireless network medium. A method embodiment includes calculating a differential metric based on a first metric and a second metric for a primary network. The primary network can have a medium shared with a secondary network. The first metric can be based on a first distribution of traffic on the primary network and can correspond to absence of a perturbation of the medium. The second metric can be based on a second distribution of traffic on the primary network and can correspond to a perturbation of the medium from a node of the secondary network. The method can include selecting a transmission power for the node based on the differential metric.05-31-2012
20120135778LINK ADAPTATION METHOD, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL IN LTE SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a link adaptation method, a base station and a terminal in a LTE system, wherein the method comprises: a terminal respectively calculating differences between a measured reference signal received power (RSRP) of a home service cell and the RSRPs of multiple adjacent cells; the terminal reporting the maximum difference in the differences to a base station; and the base station determining a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for the terminal according to the maximum difference. The present invention does not introduce new overhead of the system, simplifies the flow of the AMC, and therefore improves the frequency spectrum efficiency of the system.05-31-2012
20100173666Transmit Power Control System, Transmit Power Control Method, And Terminal Device - A system of controlling transmit power of a base station where a terminal device having a receive diversity function is wirelessly connected includes a power information generation part to generate transmit power control information that corresponds to variation in reception characteristics of the terminal device when a receive diversity state is switched; and a transmit power control part to control transmit power of a downstream signal based on the transmit power control information.07-08-2010
20100173665Power Headroom Reporting Method - A method, user equipment, network device, and software product enable a user equipment to determine that at least one of several triggering criterion have been met, in which case the user equipment provides a power control headroom report on an uplink from the user equipment. The triggering criterion includes a threshold having been reached, and the threshold is adjustable via a signal to the user equipment from a base station (such as an eNodeB).07-08-2010
20100173664Method and apparatus for controlling transmission power - A portable terminal includes an apparatus for controlling transmission power. The apparatus includes a storage unit that stores a first maximum transmission power corresponding to the maximum power that can be transmitted when intensity of reception signal is more than a predefined reference value and a second maximum transmission power corresponding to the maximum power that can be transmitted when intensity of the reception signal is less than the reference value. A controller can transmit a call connection request signal with the first maximum transmission power or with the second maximum transmission power depending on intensity of the reception signal when user tries a call connection. A power amplifier module (PAM) can amplify the call connection request signal according to the control of the controller.07-08-2010
20120252520Method and System for Controlling Signal Transmission of a Wireless Communication Device - In accordance with the present disclosure, disadvantages and problems associated with controlling signal transmission of a wireless communication device may be reduced. In accordance with an example embodiment of the present disclosure a method for controlling transmission of a wireless communication signal comprises sensing one or more signals indicative of a power level of a wireless communication signal. The power level of the wireless communication signal is amplified by a power amplifier according to an amplifier control signal. The method further comprises determining a change in the power level based on the one or more signals indicative of the power level. The change is associated with one or more perturbations of the amplifier control signal. The method also comprises adjusting transmission of the wireless communication signal according to the change in the power level.10-04-2012
20120172081POWER CONTROL IN SCHEDULABLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A wireless communication entity schedulable in a wireless communication network includes a radio receiver that receives radio resource assignment information including a bandwidth allocation, and a controller communicably coupled to the power amplifier, wherein the controller varies an operational maximum power level of the schedulable wireless communication entity in accordance with a protocol state governing the schedulable wireless communication entity, wherein the operational maximum power level limits an instantaneous power at which the schedulable wireless communication entity may transmit on the radio resource assigned.07-05-2012
20100048236BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND POWER CONTROL METHOD - A base station includes: means that derives a transmission power of a mobile station based on receive quality of an uplink pilot channel; means that reports the derived transmission power to the mobile station; and means that receives a control channel transmitted by the mobile station according to the reported information. Accordingly, irrespective of transmission power history over a past continuous time, the mobile station receives an instruction on the transmission power from the base station each time when transmitting a packet so as to be able to adjust the transmission power.02-25-2010
20100048237BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD USED IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus is disclosed that is capable of communicating with user equipment used in a mobile communication system. The base station apparatus includes a determination unit determining whether a path loss value reported from the user equipment satisfies a predetermined condition, an instruction signal generation unit, based on a result of the determination made by the determination unit, generating an instruction signal indicating whether the user equipment should reduce a transmission power value in response to a request from an other cell to reduce the transmission power value, and a transmission unit transmitting the instruction signal to the user equipment. Further, the path loss value is derived based on an average receiving quality value and a target quality value.02-25-2010
20090117932APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SIGNAL-TRANSMISSION POWER, MOBILE STATION, METHOD OF CONTROLLING SIGNAL-TRANSMISSION POWER, AND PROGRAM - The peak-index calculator calculates a peak index as an indication of PAR in accordance with gain factors β of channels. The coefficient selector includes a lookup table storing therein fitting coefficients X and Y each categorized in accordance with a combination of β, and selects coefficients X and Y each having a value determined in accordance with a combination of the gain factors β. The power-reduction calculator calculates a reduction in maximum signal-transmission power in accordance with both the peak index and the selected coefficients X and Y. The TXAGC calculator controls maximum signal-transmission power in accordance with the calculated reduction.05-07-2009
20120178494METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR HANDLING ADDITIONAL POWER BACKOFF - Methods, apparatus and systems are described for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to manage its transmission power. A power headroom report (PHR) may be triggered based on changes to backoff or the impacts of backoff. Additional backoff may be used to calculate a maximum output power of the WTRU and may be indicated by a domination indicator to network resources. The WTRU may be configured to eliminate triggers caused by virtual PHRs. Furthermore, the WTRU may be configured to respond to rapid changes to backoff.07-12-2012
20120178493POWER CONTROL IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and apparatus for controlling transmit power in a mobile wireless device connected simultaneously to two or more cells in a wireless network are described. The mobile wireless device is connected simultaneously to a first cell in the wireless network through a high speed data connection and to a second cell in the wireless network through a low speed voice connection. The mobile wireless device executes received transmit power up and transmit power down control commands received from the first cell. The mobile wireless device executes transmit power up control commands and ignores transmit power down control commands received from the second cell.07-12-2012
20100273520METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SCALING FOR MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS TERMINALS - Methods and apparatus for power scaling for multi-carrier wireless terminals are disclosed. Methods and mechanisms are provided for power scaling when a multi-carrier WTRU reaches its maximum output power.10-28-2010
20100273519METHODS AND APPARATUSES OF NETWORK SYSTEM WITH POWER SAVING FUNCTIONS - A network system includes a wireless network device, a network control device, and a first controller. The wireless network device includes an RF unit for transmitting/receiving frames and a first connection interface unit. The network control device includes a second connection interface unit, wherein the second connection interface unit is coupled to the first connection interface unit via a transmission connection, in order to perform data transmission with the first connection interface unit. When there is no data transmitted via the transmission connection, the first controller turns off at least one of power supplies of the first connection interface unit and the second connection interface unit. The first controller may be disposed in the network control device or the wireless network device.10-28-2010
20100273518MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - The transmission power is decreased in an appropriate manner, while suppressing the deterioration of the line quality to the minimum. A mobile communication terminal 10-28-2010
20090275355METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER AMONG MODEMS IN A MULTI-MODE MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A multi-mode communication device (11-05-2009
20120122511POWER CONSERVATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS TERMINALS USING INTEGRATED PROXY FUNCTION - A power conservation scheme is provided for conserving power in an access terminal that includes a dedicated proxy circuit, a receiver/transmitter chain, and/or a baseband processor. The baseband processor is adapted to determine when a wireless communication link with an access network has been inactive for at least a threshold amount of time. If such inactivity is ascertained, the baseband processor sends a proxy request to the proxy circuit. Upon receiving such proxy request, the proxy circuit monitors a data, control, and/or paging channel on behalf of the access terminal while the baseband processor is powered down. If a signal is received for the access terminal over the monitored channel, then a wake-up signal is sent to the baseband processor to cause it to power up and monitor a data channel. Upon receiving a response from the baseband processor, the proxy circuit may stop operating as a proxy.05-17-2012
20110105174METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL FOR MULTIPLE ANTENNA TRANSMISSIONS IN THE UPLINK - Techniques for transmit power control for multiple antenna transmissions in an uplink are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) generates at least one input stream for transmission and applies a gain factor to each channel. The gain factor is determined based on a reference channel power estimate. The WTRU generates at least two data streams from the input stream for transmission via a plurality of antennas and applies weights to the data streams. The gain factor and/or the weights are controlled such that a transmit power on each antenna is within a maximum allowed value. The WTRU may perform power scaling on a condition that a transmit power on any antenna exceeds the maximum allowed value. The WTRU may scale down an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) dedicated physical data channel (E-DPDCH) first before other channels. For multiple E-DCH streams, the WTRU may calculate an E-DPDCH power offset based on an additional power offset factor due to multiple stream transmission.05-05-2011
20100291963TRANSMISSION POWER MANAGEMENT FOR A MOBLIE DEVICE SUPPORTING SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSION ON MULTIPLE AIR INTERFACES - Systems and methods for transmission power management for a mobile device supporting simultaneous transmission on multiple air interfaces are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method comprises determining a transmission power level for each air interface, comparing the transmission power levels to a threshold power level, and adjusting at least one of the transmission power levels based on said comparison.11-18-2010
20120083310METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROM - A method, device and system for reporting power headroom are provided, and the method includes the following steps: a user equipment determines whether it triggers power headroom reporting (PHR) (04-05-2012
20120083309APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR POWER COORDINATION IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting control information about power coordination in a multiple component carrier system is disclosed herein. This specification discloses receiving information about a mobile station which is used to determine a range of power coordination for a maximum uplink transmit power of the mobile station, from a base station, by obtaining the information, and transmitting an information response message to the base station, which includes the obtained subsidiary information. Further, compatibility with an existing system may be accomplished due to information about power coordination being provided through the use of an existing UE information procedure.04-05-2012
20120083308Method of Performing Power Headroom Reporting and Communication Device Thereof - A method of performing power headroom reporting, hereafter called PHR, for a communication device configured with a plurality of uplink component carriers or parallel PUCCH and PUSCH transmission in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises reporting power headroom information of at least one of the communication device, at least an uplink component carrier, and at least a power amplifier configured to the communication device, to a network of the wireless communication system when the PHR is triggered.04-05-2012
20120258762TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS CONTROL PROGRAM, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS CONTROL PROGRAM - A mobile station apparatus includes a plurality of PAs (Power Amplifiers) and a plurality of antennas and transmission performances thereof is to be improved when transmission signals having peak powers different from one another are transmitted through the use of the respective antennas. A transmission apparatus includes a plurality of PAs and a plurality of antennas and transmits a signal having a high peak power, by means of determining a transmission signal to be transmitted through the use of each of the PAs based on the capability of each of the PAs, converting the transmission signal into a frequency signal by time-frequency conversion, dividing the frequency signal into a plurality of clusters, and allocating the clusters to bands non-contiguously. Furthermore, the transmission apparatus transmits a signal having a low peak power by means of allocating the frequency signal to continuous bands.10-11-2012
20120258759METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING WLAN RADIO RECEIVER GAIN IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method for adjusting a gain level for a receiver of a first radio simultaneously operational with a transmitter of a second radio, comprising: determining a signal-to-noise ratio (“SNR”) value for signals received by the receiver from an access point (“AP”); and, when the first radio is associated with the AP and the transmitter is not transmitting, if the SNR value exceeds a SNR threshold, reducing the gain level for the receiver from an initial level and initiating transmission from the transmitter, otherwise maintaining the gain level for the receiver at the initial level and initiating transmission from the transmitter; wherein the SNR threshold is a SNR value above which beacon signals from the AP can be successfully received by the receiver.10-11-2012
20120258761Dynamic Transmission Power Control Method - The present invention discloses a dynamic transmission power control method for a transmitter of a communication system which comprises the transmitter and a plurality of receivers. The transmitter is coupled to the plurality of receivers via a plurality of corresponding outgoing links. The transmission power control method comprising collecting a plurality of suggested transmission power back-off levels for the plurality of outgoing links to the plurality of receivers and/or and a plurality of channel characteristics corresponding to the plurality of outgoing links from the plurality of receivers; and determining an allowable transmission power back-off level for a desirable receiver among the plurality of receivers according to the plurality of suggested transmission power back-off levels and the plurality of channel characteristics.10-11-2012
20090042595AUTONOMOUS ADAPTATION OF TRANSMIT POWER - Transmit power (e.g., maximum transmit power) may be defined based on the maximum received signal strength allowed by a receiver and a minimum coupling loss from a transmitting node to a receiver. Transmit power may be defined for an access node (e.g., a femto node) such that a corresponding outage created in a cell (e.g., a macro cell) is limited while still providing an acceptable level of coverage for access terminals associated with the access node. An access node may autonomously adjust its transmit power based on channel measurement and a defined coverage hole to mitigate interference. Transmit power may be defined based on channel quality. Transmit power may be defined based on a signal-to-noise ratio at an access terminal. The transmit power of neighboring access nodes also may be controlled by inter-access node signaling.02-12-2009
20120190398Usage of antenna for power adjustment - A method is disclosed including, using a measurement antenna in a wireless device, determining whether a user is proximate the wireless device at least by transmitting a signal using the measurement antenna; in response to a determination the user is not proximate the wireless device, transmitting the signal using a main antenna at a normal transmit power; and in response to a determination the user is proximate the wireless device, transmitting the signal using the main antenna at a limited transmit power. Another method includes in response to a determination a user is not proximate a wireless device, transmitting a signal using a first set of main antennas; and in response to a determination the user is proximate the wireless device, transmitting the signal using the second set of main antennas. Apparatus and program products are also disclosed.07-26-2012
20120258763Correction of Estimated SIR Used for Transmit Power Control - The present invention provides a method which performs an estimation of a SIR as basis for transmit power control. The SIR estimation is performed for a radio signal (u) which is transmitted from a transmitter (10-11-2012
20090017859Power control - The invention relates to a method for controlling output power of a radio transmitter, the radio transmitter operating on a radio channel. The method includes determining requested output power level, and deriving output power, which is to be used, on the basis of a power control algorithm having at least a first and a second power control area, maximum output power of the first area being derived at least on the basis of theoretical minimum attenuation to adjacent receivers, and maximum output power of the second area being derived at least on the basis of actual minimum attenuation to adjacent receivers, wherein an adjacent receiver is a receiver operating on an adjacent channel with respect to the operating channel of said radio transmitter.01-15-2009
20090017861METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SCALING IN PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - An ad hoc peer-to-peer network is provided in which a transmitter wireless terminal is configured to establish a peer-to-peer communication link with a receiver wireless terminal over a shared communication channel. The transmitter wireless terminal may scale its transmit power as a function of a channel gain for the communication channel between the transmitter and receiver wireless terminals. The scaled transmit power may be utilized by the transmitter and receiver wireless terminals to perform link scheduling over the communication channel. For instance, the scaled transmit power may be used by the transmitter wireless terminal to perform a transmitter yielding with other neighboring transmitter wireless terminals utilizing the shared communication channel. Similarly, the scaled transmit power may be used by the receiver wireless terminal to perform receiver yielding with other neighboring receiver wireless terminal utilizing the shared communication channel.01-15-2009
20090017860Intelligent Power-Aware Downloading for Mobile Communication Devices - A mobile communication device includes intelligent, power-aware download capability for downloading or streaming content. Music, video and other media content is made available by the content provider with multiple content qualities. The mobile communication device monitors its own power availability status, determines a desired content quality, and downloads the media content with the desired content quality.01-15-2009
20120258764RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station (10-11-2012
20110124366MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method, in which radio base stations transmit common control signals to all of their covering areas, includes a first radio base station determining a reception power level of a common control signal transmitted by a surrounding radio base station; the first radio base station adjusting, based on the determined reception power level of the common control signal, the transmission power level of the common control signal; and (C) the first radio base station and surrounding radio base station, when having detected that no mobile stations are existent under charge of those radio base stations, reducing the transmission power levels of the common control signals.05-26-2011
20110124365METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING SIGNALS TRANSFERRED BY A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present invention concerns a method for controlling signals transferred by a wireless telecommunication device. A first and at least one second physical cell identifiers are allocated to the wireless telecommunication device, the first physical cell identifier being intended to identify the cell of the wireless telecommunication device and to characterise a code for scrambling data, the at least one second physical cell identifier being not intended to characterise a code. The method comprises the steps of: 05-26-2011
20110124364WIRELESS TRANSMITTER CALIBRATION USING ABSOLUTE POWER REQUESTS - Test systems are provided for performing testing and calibration operations on wireless circuitry in electronic devices. The electronic devices may include cellular telephones and other portable electronic devices. Wireless circuitry in a device may include a radio-frequency transceiver that is controlled based on radio-frequency transceiver control signals. The wireless circuitry may also include power amplifier circuitry. The power amplifier circuitry may receive radio-frequency signals from the transceiver and may produce correspondingly amplified radio-frequency output signals for wireless transmission with an antenna. The power amplifier circuitry may be powered by a bias voltage. The test systems may provide the electronic device with a transmit power request that directs the electronic device to produce a desired output power. The test systems may measure the actual resulting power. After sufficient measurements have been made, the test systems may calibrate the transceiver and power amplifier settings.05-26-2011
20110124363SETTING SAR EXPOSURE LIMIT OF MOBILE DEVICES - A programmable controller and software that monitors periods an RF transmitter is active and a output power level during those periods of activity. These two values are multiplied together and accumulated over time to provide a value for the RF emissions for some period. A limit is set for the RF emissions for any period and if the RF emissions exceeds (or is expected to exceed given the current rate) the set limit, the system limits the subsequent emissions to not exceed the set limit. This reduction in emissions rate come at the cost of a small performance reduction.05-26-2011
20120231833Transmission Power Control - There is provided solution for controlling transmission power characteristics of a local area base station. The solution includes determining the level of radio interference on a first frequency band used by a local area base station and on at least one second frequency band adjacent to the first frequency band. The solution may further comprise controlling the transmission power characteristics of the local area base station by taking into account at least one of the determined levels of interference.09-13-2012
20120231832ESTIMATION OF INTERFERENCE VARIATION CAUSED BY THE ADDITION OR DELETION OF A CONNECTION - A method for determining whether a connection event between a base station and a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) should be accepted or rejected, comprises measuring the interference level I09-13-2012
20120231834METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method is disclosed for, at a base station (BS), controlling transmit power of a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. This includes checking BS-specific maximum transmit power information, applying Additive-Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) corresponding to a legacy UE to the BS-specific maximum transmit power so as to generate BS-specific maximum transmit power information for the legacy UE, and broadcasting the BS-specific maximum transmit power information for the legacy UE.09-13-2012
20080311948Method of regulating the transmission power of a master station and a slave station for implementation of the method - A slave station and a method of regulating the transmission power a master station are described, which permit an estimate of the signal/interference ratio in a transmission system without sending a pilot sequence, the transmission power being regulated as a function of an estimate of the signal/interference ratio. In a transmission system, in particular a CDMA transmission system, useful signals assigned to different communicating subscribers are separated by orthogonal codes. A useful signal assigned to one communicating subscriber is derived by using one of the codes from a signal received at least in the slave station from the master station and is compared as a reference signal with the received signal to estimate the signal/interference ratio.12-18-2008
20080300004INTERFERENCE-IMPROVED UPLINK DATA RATES FOR A GROUP OF MOBILE STATIONS TRANSMITTING TO A BASE STATION - A base station maximizes a uplink data transmission rate from multiple mobiles treated by the base station as a virtual single uplink transmitter. The base station identifies a set of mobile stations as a candidate transmitting set and determines a transmit power allowable from the mobile stations in the candidate transmitting set. A subset of those mobile stations in the candidate transmitting set is identified. Uplink data transmission rates are assigned and communicated to the subset of mobile stations in the candidate transmitting set so as to optimize a total number of bits processed by the base station associated with the uplink transmissions received from the subset of candidate mobile stations. The optimization may accomplish one or more objectives in addition to optimizing the total number of bits processed.12-04-2008
20120264479METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER OF A DOWNLINK SIGNALING CHANNEL BASED ON ENHANCED UPLINK TRANSMISSION FAILURE STATISTICS - A method and system for controlling the transmission power of at least one downlink (DL) enhanced uplink (EU) signaling channel such that enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) DL signaling is delivered efficiently and reliably. The system includes at least one wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), at least one Node-B and a radio network controller (RNC). At least one of the WTRU and the Node-B compute EU transmission failure statistics on the DL EU signaling channel and report the EU transmission failure statistics to the RNC. The RNC then adjusts a transmission power offset of the DL EU signaling channel to be used in determining transmission power level of the DL EU signaling channel at the Node-B based on the EU transmission failure statistics.10-18-2012
20110045864POWER CONTROL FOR POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT SERVICES PROVIDED IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - To enable point-to-multipoint communication services in an existing cellular communication system infrastructure, each member subscriber station, i.e., a subscriber station participating in such a service, is receiving a forward link shared channel, and in certain embodiments additionally a forward link dedicated channel. Because transmission on the forward link channels from neighboring sectors presents interference to the transmission from the sector serving the subscriber station, it is desirable to control the forward link channel transmission power to the minimum acceptable power. Additionally, a transmission form each member subscriber station on a reverse link channel presents interference to other subscriber stations. Therefore, it is desirable to control the reverse link channel transmission to the minimum signal level. Consequently, a method and apparatus for a power control that enables point-to-multipoint services in an existing infrastructure of a wireless cellular telephone system is disclosed.02-24-2011
20120270592SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC TRANSMISSION POWER LIMIT BACK-OFF FOR SPECIFIC ABSORPTION RATE COMPLIANCE - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for providing transmission power limit back-off for Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) compliance. In one aspect, a method implemented in a wireless communication apparatus is provided. The method includes receiving an indication of at least one operating mode indicative of a proximity and an orientation of at least one transmitting antenna of the wireless communication apparatus. The method further includes selecting from a plurality of transformations associated with the at least one operating mode. The method further includes applying a selected transformation to adjust a relationship between a power transmission level of a first transmitter and a power transmission level of a second transmitter. The method further includes determining a target power transmission level of the first transmitter based on the adjusted relationship and a current power transmission level of the second transmitter.10-25-2012
20120270591Transmission power configuration method and apparatus for demodulation reference signal - The present disclosure discloses a transmission power configuration method for a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), and the method comprises: configuring the ratio between transmission power of a DMRS at each layer in a Resource Element (RE) and transmission power of data at a corresponding layer to be a constant value. Meanwhile, the present disclosure discloses a transmission power configuration apparatus for the DMRS. The present disclosure greatly improves the correct rate of data frame decoding, and improves decoding performance. The present disclosure enables the network side not need to notify a UE of the corresponding relationship between transmission power of DMRS at each layer and transmission power of data at the corresponding layer, which simplifies the overhead of the control signalling in the network side. As the corresponding relationship between transmission power of DMRS at each layer and transmission power of data at the corresponding layer is configured in the UE, the UE can implement channel estimation without waiting for the notification from the network side, which improves the channel estimation efficiency.10-25-2012
20120322493System and Method for Uplink Power Control in a Communications System - A system and method for power control in a communications system are provided. A method for controller operations includes determining a power level for a communications device, and adjusting the power level for the communications device to increase a bandwidth utilization of the communications device, where the adjusting is based on a minimum performance metric for the communications device. The method also includes signaling the adjusted power level to the communications device.12-20-2012
20120322496POWER CONTROL FOR COMBINED DYNAMICALLY AND PERSISTENTLY SCHEDULED PUSCH IN E-UTRA - A power control scheme for an enhanced Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) is disclosed. In a first embodiment, when an uplink grant is configured for accumulation commands, the wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) combines the accumulation commands received in both the scheduling grant and the transmit power control physical downlink control channel. In a second embodiment, when an uplink grant is configured for absolute commands, the WTRU resets the accumulation control function immediately after receiving each absolute transmit power control command and then combines the absolute power control with the accumulation power control.12-20-2012
20120322495Method of and Apparatus of Communication Between a Mobile Station and a Base Station - A method of and a mobile terminal for transmitting data over an uplink from a mobile terminal to a base station, the data being transmitted over radio bursts, the method comprising and the mobile terminal being suitable for: assessing radio propagation conditions between the mobile terminal and the base station; determining if the radio propagation conditions fulfil a predetermined condition; wherein if it is determined that the radio propagation conditions fulfil the predetermined condition the transmission energy parameters of the signal bursts are adapted to reduce the energy used to transmit the data.12-20-2012
20120322494MANAGEMENT OF HIGH-SPEED DEDICATED PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING IN SOFT HANDOVER - Methods for management of high-speed dedicated physical control channel decoding in soft handover procedures include various methods that include controlling reverse link transmission power. Different algorithms may be used for controlling transmission power, including algorithms summarized as determining path-loss differences, determining a difference between pilot channel power from HSDPA serving and non-serving NodeBs, and adjusting a signal-to-interference target, an attenuation factor, or similar parameters for controlling reverse link power. Another of the management methods includes selecting a HSDPA serving NodeB for a mobile entity jointly based on the downlink and uplink channel quality, loading, and resource availability. The methods, and aspects of the methods, may be embodied in wireless communications apparatus, for example, in a NodeB or mobile entity.12-20-2012
20110218015TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION - A transmission power control is disclosed, where the transmission power control includes transferring, from a second radio base station to a first radio base station, a second uplink signal received from a mobile station in a second cell, synthesizing, at the first radio base station, a first uplink signal received from the mobile station in a first cell with the second uplink signal transferred from the second radio base station, and generating and transmitting a transmission power control signal for controlling a transmission power of an uplink signal at the mobile station based on a reception quality of an uplink signal obtained by synthesizing the first uplink signal with the second uplink signal.09-08-2011
20110223963MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER CONTROLLER - A maximum transmit power controller determines the amount of power available from a host device for powering a radio transmitter of a mobile device, and sets a limit for maximum transmit power in the radio transmitter based upon the determined amount of available power from the host device. As a result, it can be ensured that the radio transmitter does not transmit RF signals at transmit power levels exceeding the amount of power available from the host device. The host device may be a smartphone including the radio. The host device may also be a computer powering the mobile device via a peripheral interface such as a USB interface.09-15-2011
20110237292RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication apparatus is capable of controlling, according to reception quality of a signal from other radio communication apparatuses, transmission power to the other radio communication apparatuses. This radio communication apparatus includes a controller and a transmitter. The controller sets target reception quality (e.g., a target SIR) of a signal from the other radio communication apparatuses according to an allocation state of radio resources used for data transmission by the other radio communication apparatuses. The transmitter transmits a control signal for controlling the transmission power to the other radio communication apparatuses based on the reception quality and the target reception quality set by the controller.09-29-2011
20110237291POWER DETECTION CIRCUIT, TRANSMITTER, AND POWER DETECTION METHOD - From an antenna provided in a transmitter for transmitting a radio signal, the radio signal is transmitted in such a manner of: detecting transmission power of a transmission signal outputted to the antenna; detecting reflection power of a reflection signal reflected from the antenna; integrating the difference between the transmission power and the reflection power at a timing of transmitting a preamble signal of the radio signal; comparing the difference value obtained by the integration with a predetermined threshold value, and outputting an alarm in the case where the result of the comparison is that the difference value obtained by the integration is smaller than the threshold value.09-29-2011
20110237290TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To provide a transmission power control method, base station apparatus and mobile station apparatus for enabling the transmission power in the mobile station apparatus having a plurality of antennas to be properly controlled, enabled is one of a common control mode for transmitting a common TPC command to perform transmission power control common to antennas (09-29-2011
20110237289Method and Arrangement for Controlling Uplink Transmit Power - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for controlling uplink transmit power to be used by the UE. The UE comprises multiple radio interfaces wherein at least one of the multiple interfaces is a cellular radio interface. The UE stores information comprising a total transmit power budget set aside for use over the multiple radio interfaces of the UE and receives transmit power control commands from a network node on the cellular radio interface indicating whether the UE should increase or decrease or maintain the uplink transmit power on the cellular radio interface. Transmit power levels to be used for uplink transmissions over the multiple radio interfaces based on the received transmit power control commands are calculated, wherein the said total transmit power budget for the multiple radio interfaces is taken into account.09-29-2011
20100203917Techniques to determine transmitter power - Techniques are described that can be used to determine a transmitter power level of a mobile station based on spectrum efficiency gain and loss. Spectrum efficiency gain is measured for a home sector base station. Spectrum efficiency loss is measured for base stations other than the home sector base station. In one example, a base station transmits information such as noise plus interference level to a mobile station and the mobile station determines the transmitter power level. In another example, the mobile station transmits information such as preamble signal strength and preamble total signal strength to the home sector base station and the home sector base station determines the transmitter power level and instructs the mobile station to apply the determined transmitter power level.08-12-2010
20120276942Transmit Power Control Algorithms for Sources and Sinks in a Multi-Link Session - Transmit power control functionality in wireless audio systems may be implemented by way of a Transmit Power Control (TPC) algorithm devised to control power for both source and sinks in a multi sink session, to reduce power consumption. Information may be passed back and forth between the source and sink devices to adjust power based on the shared information. The TPC algorithm may allow power control on both ends of an RF link, and may have multiple sink devices communicating with a source device. Furthermore, the multiple sink devices and the source device may each be operating at different power levels, and adjust their respective power levels as instructed by the TPC algorithm. Power control is therefore implemented on both ends of the link, where multiple sources and sinks may all operate at different power levels, and all individually adjust their respective power levels.11-01-2012
20120276943WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND BASE STATION DEVICE - In a cellular wireless communication system with plural antenna base stations, signals have been basically transmitted using two antennas among plural antennas, and thus power has been concentrated in specific antennas. The present invention controls the transmission power of each antenna so as not to increase the transmission power of specific antennas by effectively using plural antennas and frequency bands. A frequency band is divided into plural sub-bands, and antennas used for transmission are spread to the sub-bands. In each sub-band, power is not allocated to an antenna that is not used for transmission. As a result, the transmission power of each antenna can be balanced, and power can be prevented from being concentrated in specific antennas.11-01-2012
20100234061OVER-THE-AIR OVERLOAD INDICATOR - Methods, systems, apparatus and computer program products are provided to facilitate power control in wireless communication systems. A cell that is experiencing excessive interference conditions may generate an over-the-air overload indicator indicative of interference conditions at the cell. The over-the-air overload indicator is received by one or more user equipment in a neighboring cell. In response, the user equipment determines adjustments to its transmit power that reduce and/or eliminate the interference. This determination may be carried out by the user equipment, by the serving base station, or through cooperation between the user equipment and the serving base station. This Abstract is provided for the sole purpose of complying with the Abstract requirement rules that allow a reader to quickly ascertain the disclosed subject matter. Therefore, it is to be understood that it should not be used to interpret or limit the scope or the meaning of the claims.09-16-2010
20100234059Techniques to control transmitter power level - A channel normally used to transmit acknowledgement of successful signal receipt and an indication of unsuccessful signal receipt is adopted to transmit power control information from a base station to a mobile station. The power control information can be encoded as a binary code where each value of the code is indicated by an acknowledgement or non-acknowledgement signal.09-16-2010
20100234058Channel Quality Prediction in HSDPA Systems - A method and arrangement in a radio communication network for predicting channel quality on a downlink channel. A radio base station (RBS) transmits data on the downlink channel to one or more user equipments (UEs), each of which transmits a channel quality indicator to the RBS on an uplink channel. The RBS derives a needed downlink transmission power from the received channel quality indicator, and predicts a channel quality for a next downlink transmission based on the received channel quality indicator and the derived downlink transmission power.09-16-2010
20110269496Communication apparatus and communication method - A communication apparatus that performs communication with a communication medium while supplying power to the communication medium includes a communication distance detection unit configured to detect a distance to the communication medium and a transmission power control unit configured to control transmission power of a transmission amplifier in accordance with the detected distance.11-03-2011
20120088537BASE STATION ARRANGEMENTS - Base station arrangement (04-12-2012
20080318614MOBILE STATION AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD IN MOBILE STATION - To provide a mobile station and a transmission power control method in the mobile station, which are capable of improving the power saving characteristic associated with the transmission power control in the mobile station under a condition in which the transmit diversity is applied. The transmission power of feedback information (12-25-2008
20090131095Power Supply Control Based on Transmit Power Control and Methods for use Therewith - An integrated circuit includes an RF transmitter that transmits a transmit signal at a selectable transmit power to a base station in accordance with a wireless telephony protocol, based on a transmit power control signal. An RF receiver receives a received signal from the base station in accordance with the wireless telephony protocol, and generates a feedback signal based on either a protocol parameter of the wireless telephony protocol or a position signal. A processing module generates the transmit power control signal based on the feedback signal, and generates a power mode signal for adjusting transmitter power supply parameters, based on the transmit power control signal.05-21-2009
20120329510Method of Constructing Spectrum Map by Using Compressed Sensing and Related Communication Device - A method comprises receiving power information transmitted by a plurality of mobile devices in a wireless communication system; processing the power information to obtain sampled power information by using a measurement matrix relating to positions of the plurality of mobile devices, wherein a number of columns of the measurement matrix is larger than a number of rows of the measurement matrix; generating an amendment matrix satisfying restricted isometry property (RIP), for processing the measurement matrix, and obtaining a modified measurement matrix satisfying the RIP according to the amendment matrix and the measurement matrix; obtaining estimated power information according to the sampled power information by using L12-27-2012
20120329509POWER MANAGEMENT FOR AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A control device includes a selector and a controller. The selector is to select power signals to be supplied to respective power domains of an electronic product. The controller is to compare a level of a first power signal selected by the selector to a first target level, and to generate a first setting signal to reduce a difference between the first power signal level and the first target level. The controller, selector, and power domains may be located on a same chip different from a power manager chip from which the power signals are generated or otherwise output.12-27-2012
20120100882TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL - A quality measuring section measures reception quality of a radio signal received by a wireless communication section. A quality information transmitting section transmits reception quality information indicating the reception quality measured by the quality measuring section. A device number calculating section calculates, based on reception quality indicated by reception quality information transmitted from other wireless communication devices and the reception quality measured by the quality measuring section, the number of wireless communication devices, from among the other wireless communication devices, that can communicate with the wireless communication device including this device number calculating section. A power value determining section compares the number of the wireless communication devices calculated by the device number calculating section with a predetermined number of devices, to determine, on the basis of the comparison result, a transmission power value for the wireless communication section to transmit the radio signal.04-26-2012
20120289279INDEPENDENT POWER CONSUMPTION MANAGEMENT IN A MIMO TRANSCEIVER AND METHOD FOR USE THEREWITH - An integrated circuit (IC) includes a multi-input multi-output transceiver system that includes a plurality of RF transceivers. Each RF transceiver includes an RF transmitter that transmits a transmit signal at a selected transmit power, based on a transmit power control signal and a corresponding RF receiver for receiving a corresponding one of a plurality of received signals from an external device and for generating a signal strength indication corresponding to each of the plurality of received signals. A processing module generates the transmit power control signal for each RF transmitter based on the signal strength indication of the corresponding RF receiver, and that generates a power mode signal for adjusting a power consumption parameter of each RF transmitter in accordance with the selected transmit power for each RF transmitter.11-15-2012
20120289278Methods and Arrangements in a Wireless Communication System - Methods are provided in a first radio network node for supporting transmission power adjustment of a mobile terminal and in a second radio network node for assisting the first radio network node in supporting such adjustment. The first radio network node and the mobile terminal are adapted to operate on a first radio access technology. The power adjustment of the mobile terminal is performed in order to reduce interference, caused by the mobile terminal, on the second radio network node. The second radio network node is adapted to operate on a second radio access technology. The method includes obtaining an indication that the second radio network node is interfered by transmissions from the mobile terminal, obtaining values of power control parameters for adjusting the transmission power of the mobile terminal and transmitting the obtained power control parameter values to the mobile terminal, in order to enable the adjustment of the transmission power of the mobile terminal. Related arrangements are also provided herein.11-15-2012
20120135777METHODS FOR USING EFFECTIVE RADIATED TRANSMIT POWER OF A BASE STATION AT A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE TO DETERMINE UPLINK TRANSMISSION RANGE AND/OR TO ADJUST TRANSMIT POWER - Methods, systems and apparatus are disclosed for using effective radiated transmit power of a base station at a wireless communication device to determine whether the wireless communication device is within uplink transmission range of the base station. The wireless communication device can also use the effective radiated transmit power to adjust transmit power at the wireless communication device and save battery resources. In one implemenation, the disclosed embodiments can be applied in a two-way wireless communication system.05-31-2012
20100167778POWER CONTROL FOR REVERSE LINK - A method performed in a wireless communication system having radio frequency burst transmission interference is presented. The method includes obtaining a first power level of noise and interference signals in an environment of at least one of a plurality of wireless communication devices serviced by an access point; and estimating a second power level by filtering the first power level.07-01-2010
20100167776AVOIDING DISTURBANCE OF RESTRICTED LOCAL ACCESS POINTS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of determining output power in a first restricted local access point in a wireless network, a device implementing a restricted local access point, a wireless network as well as a computer program product for determining output power in a restricted local access point. A restricted local access point scans the network for determining broadcasting channels used by surrounding access points, selects a broadcasting channel that receives the lowest disturbance by surrounding access points, varies the output power of this channel for obtaining a desired relation to the disturbance and determines if a main disturbing access point is another restricted local access point. If it is, a threshold is set for one of the quantities of the relation, which the quantity is not allowed to pass, the output power is varied for providing the desired relation without said quantity passing said threshold and otherwise another channel is selected.07-01-2010
20100167779HANDLING OF MAC-HS/EHS RESET IN ENHANCED SERVING CELL CHANGE - Systems and methodologies are described that effectuate and/or facilitate MAC-hs/ehs resets in an enhanced serving cell. In accordance with various aspects set forth herein, systems and/or methods are provided that identify transmission power control bits included in active set update messages received from source or target base stations, ascertain whether or not transmission power control values included in the active set update messages differ from transmission power control values that the system currently operates under, and performs serving cell changes and where necessary media access control status resets based on an examination of a transmission power control combination index.07-01-2010
20130012256BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND POWER CONTROL METHOD - A base station includes: means that derives a transmission power of a mobile station based on receive quality of an uplink pilot channel; means that reports the derived transmission power to the mobile station; and means that receives a control channel transmitted by the mobile station according to the reported information. Accordingly, irrespective of transmission power history over a past continuous time, the mobile station receives an instruction on the transmission power from the base station each time when transmitting a packet so as to be able to adjust the transmission power.01-10-2013
20130012259METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK FOR DETERMINING AN UPLINK RECEIVED POWER TARGET VALUE - A method in a wireless network containing a first node and an adjacent second node for determining an uplink received power target value of the second node to be used by a user equipment which is to be served by the second node includes establishing the uplink received power target value of the first node. The method also includes obtaining the downlink power capacity of the first node and obtaining the downlink power capacity of the second node. Additionally, the method includes calculating the difference in downlink power capacity between the first node and the second node and determining the uplink received power target value of the second node based on the calculated difference in downlink power capacity between the nodes and the established uplink received power target value of the first node.01-10-2013
20130012258MONITORING AND CONTROL OF TRANSMIT POWER IN A MULTI-MODEM WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE01-10-2013
20130012257METHOD OF CONTROLLING BASE STATION APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS CONTROLLED BY SAME - A control method for controlling base station apparatuses used in a communication system comprising a first base station apparatus, a second base station apparatus, and one or more mobile station apparatuses, including determining whether or not a first condition relating to the number of the mobile station apparatuses positioned in the overlapping area of the cover area of the first base station apparatus and the cover area of the second base station apparatus and to respective output power of the mobile station is satisfied, and outputting a radio signal from the second base station apparatus if the first condition is satisfied.01-10-2013
20130012255TERMINAL DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER AND METHOD THEREFOR - Disclosed are a terminal device for controlling uplink transmission power and a method therefor. A receiving antenna receives uplink transmission mode change information from a base station. A processor determines a transmission power value to be used for the uplink transmission by means of an offset value corresponding to the uplink transmission mode change information. A transmitting antenna transmits an uplink signal with the determined transmission power value.01-10-2013
20100130244APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION RATE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for controlling a data transmission rate in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. In the method, an interference factor representing an interference degree by an external sector is measured. Interference given to the external sector is estimated using the interference factor, an interference weight depending on a location of a terminal, and an amount of wireless resource use of a self sector. A data transmission rate is determined with consideration of an interference estimation value and a wireless channel state of the terminal.05-27-2010
20100130245Method For Controlling Transmission Power In Wireless Base Station And Wireless Base Station - A wireless base station controls to decrease a transmission power of a first wireless terminal corresponding to signal quality information exceeding lower limitation of a range in which a transmission scheme to be selected remains unchanged and being below a first threshold value, which is greater than the lower limitation and smaller than upper limitation of the range, among a plurality of wireless terminals corresponding to signal quality information belonging to the range, while controlling to increase a transmission power of a second wireless terminal corresponding to signal quality information being equal to or greater than the first threshold value so that a transmission scheme having a better transmission efficiency is selected, thereby to improve throughput of a communication between the wireless base station and the wireless terminal.05-27-2010
20100130243Format Based Power Control - Power control methods and apparatus taught herein advantageously provide quick convergence to the signal quality target needed to achieve a given data error rate target, when changes in transport format use by a given transport channel require such convergence. Specifically, the methods and apparatus maintain a “baseline” signal quality target that stays current with changing signal propagation conditions because it is common to all transport formats used by the transport channel. The methods and apparatus then bias this baseline signal quality target with a target offset particularized for the transport format in use. This offset may be selected from memory or dynamically calculated, and, regardless, can often be applied after a single transmission time interval.05-27-2010
20120149427UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN AGGREGATED SPECTRUM SYSTEMS - A method for communication includes modulating data in a wireless communication terminal to produce an aggregated-spectrum signal, which includes at least first and second signals in respective first and second spectral bands. The modulated data is transmitted in the first and second signals at respective first and second power levels. The second power level is adjusted separately from the first power level. In some embodiments, one or more instructions to set the first power level are received at the wireless communication terminal, and the first power level is set separately from setting the second power level based on the instructions.06-14-2012
20120149426COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device and method are disclosed. Transmitted signals are transmitted from antennas. A beam is formed based on known-received signals by controlling a transmission directionality of the antennas. Transmitted power of the transmitted signals is controlled based on a time interval between a reception time during which the known-received signals are received and a transmission time during which the transmitted signals are transmitted.06-14-2012
20120149425METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTED TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Provided is a method and apparatus for distributed transmission power control in a wireless network. The method and apparatus for distributed transmission power control may substantially maximize a minimum value of a transmission rate of each transmitter by controlling a transmission power of each transmitter. The transmission power may be controlled so that transmission rates of transmitters are substantially identical to each other. If the transmission rate is less than a requested transmission rate, the method and apparatus may change a resource of a transmitter that uses a substantially maximum power.06-14-2012
20120149424User Equipment and Method for Performing Downlink and/or Uplink Power Control - A user equipment includes a plurality of antennas to receive downlink signals from a base station, a plurality of receiver circuits each coupled to a respective one of the plurality of antennas to process the received downlink signals, an SIR estimation unit to estimate a quality of the received downlink signals, a power loop controller to generate transmit power control commands based on the estimated quality of the received downlink signals, the transmit power control commands being directed to the base station to adjust a power of the downlink signals and a diversity controller to selectively activate and deactivate one or more of the receiver circuits depending on the estimated quality of the received downlink signals.06-14-2012
20120149422METHOD OF TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL FOR A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL AND THE COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREOF - A method of transmit power control for a random access channel uses historical information or information from a physical layer to determine the minimum power. In one embodiment, a previous ramping power is taken as a reference power of a current ramping. The reference power is calculated by adding an offset to an initial transmit power level for the current ramping. A mobile access terminal runs the random access procedure at the initial transmit power with the added offset for the current ramping. Once a successful transmission is made during the random access procedure, the successful transmit power level is recorded as a reference power for a next random access procedure, and the transmission continues at the recorded transmit power level. When a retransmission is required, another initial transmit power level is calculated.06-14-2012
20130017859BASE STATION DEVICEAANM Yamamoto; TakashiAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Yamamoto; Takashi Osaka-shi JPAANM Okada; YojiAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Okada; Yoji Osaka-shi JPAANM Tanaka; YoshizoAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Tanaka; Yoshizo Osaka-shi JP - A base station device performs switching of its transmission power distribution in accordance with a transmission power distribution switching timing of another base station device. The base station device includes a control unit 01-17-2013
20130017854METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC POWER CONTROL FOR BASE STATIONSAANM Khawer; Mohammad R.AACI Lake HopatcongAAST NJAACO USAAGP Khawer; Mohammad R. Lake Hopatcong NJ US - A method and system for dynamic power control for next generation LTE base stations are described herein. More particularly, a dynamic power control management process may run, for example, in an OA&M module on the control plane core of the base station. The dynamic power control management process collaborates with various components, such as a call management processing module and a transport process module, to periodically obtain information regarding the number of active calls as well as the uplink and downlink data rates for a given interval for a particular cell. The dynamic power control management process polls the call management processing module and transport process module periodically according to a tunable parameter for the key values. Based on this information, the dynamic power control management process determines whether a particular cell on the base station is running below a threshold at which dynamic power control could be triggered.01-17-2013
20130017857COORDINATED POWER BOOST AND POWER BACK-OFF - A system and method are provided for boosting power for a communications link between a base station and a user device, or user equipment, over a communications link channel in a cellular communications network. In one embodiment, the base station determines whether a communications link for a user device located within a sector of a cell served by the base station needs a power boost. If a power boost is needed, the base station provides a power boost for the communications link for the user device and, for each of one or more neighboring sectors that neighbor the sector in which the user device is located, coordinates the power boost in both frequency and time with a power backoff for a downlink to another user device located in a cell center area of the neighboring sector.01-17-2013
20130017858Method and System of Beamforming a Broadband Signal Through a Multiport Network - Aspects of a method and system for beamforming a broadband signal through a multipart network are provided. In this regard, a plurality of signals received via a plurality of antennas may be detected and a plurality of transmit signals may be generated, wherein a phase of at least one of the plurality of transmit signals is responsive to at least one of the detected phases of the received signals. Each of the generated plurality of transmit signals may be separately amplified to generate a plurality of amplified signals. A plurality of the amplified signals may be input to a plurality of first ports is of a multi-port network, wherein at least one second port of the multi-port network may be responsive to signals input to at least two of the plurality of first ports.01-17-2013
20130017855DISTRIBUTED BEAM SELECTION FOR CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONAANM HUI; DennisAACI SunnyvaleAAST CAAACO USAAGP HUI; Dennis Sunnyvale CA USAANM Guey; Jiann-ChingAACI FremontAAST CAAACO USAAGP Guey; Jiann-Ching Fremont CA US - A group of multiple base stations implements distributed and coordinated antenna beamforming selection to achieve increased performance. Each of the base stations in the group determines an associated optimal set of antenna beam direction parameters in a distributed manner based on local radio information exchanged between neighboring ones of the base stations. Each of the base stations transmits to one or more user equipments (UEs) served by that base station using its associated optimal set of beam direction parameters. The local radio information generated by one of the base stations indicates how the transmissions of its neighbor base stations affect the performance of the base station. The performance of a base station may be measured by the difficulty or challenge in maintaining a minimum desired signal quality, e.g., a minimum SINR, for the UE served by the base station.01-17-2013
20130017856METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANGING POWER CONTROL FOR MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may select a ranging code and a ranging opportunity randomly for a ranging procedure. After sending the selected ranging code in the selected ranging opportunity, if a collision is detected, the base station may send a broadcast message including a ranging channel collision notification indicating occurrence of a collision. In that case, the WTRU may select another ranging code and another ranging opportunity, and send the ranging code without increasing a transmit power. The broadcast message may include a ranging region identification where the collision occurred.01-17-2013
20110159914Interaction Between Accumulative Power Control And Minimum/Maximum Transmit Power In LTE Systems - Methods and apparatus in a wireless communication system are described for receiving and processing transmit power control commands, where, for example, the response to the transmit power control commands is conditionally decoupled from at least one of a transmit bandwidth parameter, a transport format parameter and a power stepsize limit. This Abstract is provided for the sole purpose of complying with the Abstract requirement rules that allow a reader to quickly ascertain the disclosed subject matter. Therefore, it is to be understood that it should not be used to interpret or limit the scope or the meaning of the claims.06-30-2011
20110159913UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, one or more interference over thermal noise (IoT) values may be measured for one or more frequency partitions or a sounding area, or combinations thereof, and a difference between a current IoT value and a previous IoT value may be evaluated. If the difference is greater than or equal to a reset threshold, the current IoT value is broadcast to a mobile station to reset the IoT value. Otherwise an IoT differential value is broadcast to the mobile station to update the IoT with the IoT differential value. The mobile station may then perform open loop power control based on the IoT value for uplink broadcast.06-30-2011
20110159912ENHANCED POWER HEADROOM REPORTING - Method and system for power headroom reporting in a mobile device capable of supporting multiple radio transmissions via different channels. The available maximum power variation of a second channel is estimated based on power usage in radio transmission of a first channel. A plurality of measures related to radio transmission via the second channel are them computed. Whether one or more conditions for power headroom reporting of the second channel are met is tested in accordance with a configuration with respect to power headroom reporting. The power headroom is computed based on the estimated power variation relating to the first channel and the radio transmission measures relating to the second channel. A power headroom report is then generated based on the computed power headroom and such a report is then transmitted, typically from the mobile device to a base station.06-30-2011
20110159911UPLINK POWER ALIGNMENT ESTIMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for uplink power alignment estimation in a communication system includes a step 06-30-2011
20130023298METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ADJUSTING TRANSMISSION POWER - A method and an apparatus of adjusting transmission power are provided. Transmission power configuration information is acquired, where the transmission power configuration information includes a transmission power lower limit and a transmission power upper limit; modulation mode configuration information is acquired, where the modulation mode configuration information includes a lower limit modulation mode and an upper limit modulation mode; current channel information is acquired; calculation is performed according to the current channel information, the transmission power configuration information and the modulation mode configuration information to obtain first transmission power and a first modulation mode; and signal transmission is controlled according to the first transmission power and the first modulation mode.01-24-2013
20130023299LOW POWER BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed is a low power base station (01-24-2013
20130023300BASE STATION AND TRANSFER CONTROL METHOD - A base station that gives a transmission opportunity to a mobile station present in an area of the base station in a unit of a predetermined time length, and controls a transfer rate of an uplink by specifying power of a data transfer channel by a power ratio to a specific channel for which predetermined power control is executed. The base station includes a power measurement unit a reception signal, and an EUL control that measures power of each channel constituting unit that calculates a free resource based on reception power of each channel and determines a power ratio between a data transfer channel through which the mobile station performs transmission and the specific channel, based on a size of data received most recently from the mobile station, the free resource, required communication quality predetermined for each size of reception data, and most recent reception power of the specific channel.01-24-2013
20130023297MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - The mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of transmitting, by a mobile station UE communicating in a cell #A of a first frequency f01-24-2013
20080254820Power Control in Wireless Communications Networks During Hand-Over - A method and devices are provided for adapting the transmission power level of a mobile terminal during a handover phase at which the mobile terminal switches from one base station to another. The method provided comprises applying values of operating parameters that characterize both base stations and adapting the transmission power level to an acceptable level at which communications transmitted from the terminal to the second station would be properly received without applying further increase in the transmission power while ensuring that the communications transmitted by the mobile terminal to the second base station, will not cause severe interference to communications exchanged between the second base station and the other terminals communicating therewith.10-16-2008
20080254819Mobile Station, Fixed Station, Communication System and Communication Method - For lack of a unique, specific and detailed specification for information on the status of a mobile station to be notified by the mobile station to a fixed station, the operation may be varied from one mobile station to another in a communication system, thereby posing a problem that an efficient uplink scheduling (radio resource assignment) is impossible.10-16-2008
20130172039REDUCTION OF CEPHALIC ABSORPTION OF RADIATION FROM MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Technologies are described for reliably constraining a maximum transmission power of a mobile communication device such as a cellular phone so that RF radiation associated with that transmission and incident to a head of the device's user can be held at or below predetermined “safe” levels. Upon determining an operational or communication mode of the mobile communication device where it is likely to be held against or very near the user's head, its maximum transmit power may be reduced until the near-head operation is completed. The reduction may be to a fixed maximum level or may be adjusted to allow for a maximum amount of radiated energy over a period of time. The reduction may also take into account adjustment factors such as frequency band, modulation, antenna gain, and similar factors.07-04-2013
20130172040WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Each of a plurality of wireless communication apparatuses determines a factor that indicates wireless communication congestion and compares the factor that indicates wireless communication congestion with a predetermined first threshold value. Each wireless communication apparatus then judges, by means of transmission power set values that are received from other wireless communication apparatuses, whether the transmission power of the wireless communication apparatuses is at the same level as or at a lower level than that of its own wireless communication apparatus. The wireless communication apparatus lowers the transmission power set value by one level when the transmission power of other wireless communication apparatuses is at the same level as or at a lower level than that of its own wireless communication apparatus and when the factor that indicates wireless communication congestion exceeds a first threshold value.07-04-2013
20080233995POWER CONTROL FOR A CHANNEL WITH MULTIPLE FORMATS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques to more efficiently control the transmit power for a data transmission that uses a number of formats (e.g., rates, transport formats). Different formats for a given data channel (e.g., transport channel) may require different target SNIRs to achieved a particular BLER. In one aspect, individual target BLER may be specified for each format of each data channel. In another aspect, various power control schemes are provided to achieve different target SNIRs for different formats. In a first power control scheme, multiple individual outer loops are maintained for multiple formats. For each format, its associated outer loop attempts to set the target SNIR such that the target BLER specified for that format is achieved. In a second power control scheme, multiple individual outer loops are maintained and the base station further applies different adjustments to the transmit power levels for different formats.09-25-2008
20080233994Digital Modulator and Method for Initiating Ramp Power Transitions in a Mobile Handset Transmitter - A digital modulator for a portable handset using 8PSK or EDGE modulation with a direct launch transmitter is used to controllably adjust the transmit power of the portable handset. The digital modulator includes a controller coupled between a memory and an accumulator. The controller is responsive to an indication that the transmit power should be transitioned. The controller temporarily alters the data transferred from the memory to the accumulator during transitions of the transmit power level.09-25-2008
20080233992Resource allocation in a communication system - Methods and corresponding systems for determining a transmit power in a mobile device include receiving, in the mobile device, a cell-wide power control parameter related to a target receive power at a serving base station. Thereafter, a transmit power is calculated in response to the cell-wide power control parameter and an implicit mobile-specific power control parameter. The mobile device then transmits using the transmit power. The cell-wide power control parameter can be a cell target signal to interference-plus-noise ratio, or a fractional power control exponent. The implicit mobile-specific power control parameter can be a modulation and coding level previously used by the mobile device, or a downlink SINR level measured by the mobile device.09-25-2008
20080227479Transmission power control method and apparatus of mobile communication terminal - A transmission power increasing section continuously transmits, from a testing instrument to a mobile communication terminal at predetermined intervals, a transmission power increasing request for increasing transmission power of the mobile communication terminal by a predetermined quantity. A block size extracting section extracts, from a predetermined second physical channel, block size information indicating a block size of transmittable data defined in association with the maximum transmission power set at a first physical channel upon receipt of a plurality of physical channels from the mobile communication terminal for each transmission of the transmission power increasing request. A storage section stores, at least one time, block size information extracted at the block size extracting section. In the case where a value of newly extracted block size information in the block size extracting section is decreased below a value of immediately preceding block size information stored in the storage section as a result of comparison therebetween, the maximum output power state determining section stops transmission of the transmission power increasing request in the transmission power increasing section and transmits, to the mobile communication terminal, a transmission power decreasing request for decreasing transmission power of the mobile communication terminal by a predetermined quantity.09-18-2008
20080227478MULTIPLE FREQUENCY TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER, AND SYSTEMS THEREOF - A method and a system include a converter configured to convert received radio frequency signals to a direct current (DC) signal to provide power to at least a portion of a receiver. A received radio frequency signal can be associated with a plurality of carrier frequencies within a specified frequency band and time period. The received radio signals can have a total power level above a threshold power level. In some embodiments, the total power level can be above a threshold power level and below a pre-determined power level. Multiple converters can be used. Each converter can correspond to a subset of the carrier frequencies and/or to the carrier frequencies of different specified frequency bands. A combiner can combine the DC output from the converters into a single DC signal. The receiver can communicate data via a data carrier frequency associated with the carrier frequencies used for wireless power transfer.09-18-2008
20080227477POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - Power control for wireless communication may involve determining the transmit power to be used by a wireless device. A wireless device using open loop power control may select a transmit power based on an open loop power equation where a parameter of the power equation may be based on one or more power control messages received from another wireless device. In some aspects, path loss may be estimated for open loop power control and a value for Offset_BS09-18-2008
20080227476SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling power in a communication system. A base station allocats Channel Quality Information Channels to at least one mobile station, transmits the allocated Channel Quality Information Channel information, and transmits power control information to the mobile station to which the Channel Quality Information Channel is allocated. And a mobile station for receives Channel Quality Information Channel allocation information, receives power control information, and detects the power control information allocated to the mobile station by using the Channel Quality Information Channel allocation information.09-18-2008
20080220806COMBINED OPEN LOOP/CLOSED LOOP METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER OF A MOBILE STATION - A method and apparatus are disclosed comprising a combined open loop/closed loop uplink power control scheme for E-UTRA. The combined open and closed loop method for UL intra-cell PC controls the wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) transmit power spectral density (PSD), PSD09-11-2008
20080220805POWER CONTROL MESSAGING SCHEME - In a power control messaging scheme for wireless communication, a wireless node sends vectorized information to another wireless node that uses the information to control its transmit power. In some aspects, the vectorized information may relate to interference observed at a wireless node. In some aspects, the vectorized information may relate to power adjustment offsets. In some aspects, the information may be vectorized based on one or more of different quality of service classes, different assignments within a frame, different permutation zones, different channel differences, different locations of a wireless node, different channel types, different other sector interference values, and different assignment sizes. In some aspects, a wireless node transmits a power control message via an uplink map in an assignment message.09-11-2008
20080220804SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling power in a communication system. A base station allocates Channel Quality Information Channels (CQICHs) to at least one mobile station, transmits CQICH information for the allocated CQICHs, and transmits power control information to the mobile stations to which the CQICHs are allocated. A mobile station receives CQICH allocation information, receives power control information, and detects the power control information allocated to the mobile station by using the CQICH allocation information.09-11-2008
20080220803CONTROL OF SIGNAL TRANSMISSION POWER ADJUSTMENT REQUESTS - A method of controlling an electronic device (09-11-2008
20080220802Communication Terminal Apparatus - A communication terminal apparatus wherein even in a case of occurrence of a compressed mode, an evaluation can be performed by a detecting function to select an appropriate TFC (TRANS Format Combination). In this communication terminal apparatus, upon occurrence of a compressed mode, a compressed mode information generating part (09-11-2008
20130143615MOBILE DEVICE NETWORK SIGNALING MANAGEMENT - A mobile wireless device maintains a radio sector database. When receiving no response or a negative response from a radio sector to a transmitted signaling message, the mobile wireless device adds or updates the radio sector database. When receiving a positive response from the radio sector, the mobile wireless device deletes the radio sector from the radio sector database. Before transmitting signaling messages to a radio sector, the mobile device determines a time delay value if the radio sector is in the radio sector database. The mobile wireless device discards the signaling message when an elapsed time since a most recently transmitted signaling message to the radio sector does not exceed the determined time delay value. In an embodiment, each radio sector in the radio sector database includes a failure count value, and the determined time delay value depends on the failure count value.06-06-2013
20130178240WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE - Wireless control units perform plural communication operations in parallel using plural different communication systems. Transmission power detecting units detect the transmission power in the communication operation using the respective communication systems performed by the wireless control units. A transmission power managing unit calculates the total sum of specific absorption rates in the respective communication operations based on the transmission power detected by the transmission power detecting units and determines lowering the transmission power of the communication operation using a predetermined communication system out of the plural communication systems when the calculated total sum of the specific absorption rates is greater than a predetermined reference value. Transmission power control units control the wireless control units to transmit data with the transmission power determined by the transmission power managing unit.07-11-2013
20090137264WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - A de-spreading unit 05-28-2009
20120252524Uplink Power Control for Lower Power Nodes - A method and an apparatus are described, in which a transmission power related parameter used for determining an uplink transmission power for a first cell based on the relational parameter, which indicates a relationship between the first cell and the second cell.10-04-2012
20120252523SERVING SECTOR INTERFERENCE BROADCAST AND CORRESPONDING RL TRAFFIC POWER CONTROL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate broadcasting an interference level and adjusting transmit power corresponding to a reverse link in accordance with the interference level. An interference indication can be broadcasted on a broadcast channel in a wireless communication system. In response to the broadcast, mobile devices can adjust transmit power on the reverse link based upon considerations of the interference level. Further, mobile devices can evaluate an initial set point of a transmit power level during periods of inactivity.10-04-2012
20100029319TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A transmission power control method in a communication system including a base station and a user terminal which performs transmission power control in packet-based radio access includes the steps of transmitting, by the user terminal, a packet; evaluating, by the base station, whether interference caused by the packet is above a predetermined threshold, if the packet is transmitted from another cell; generating, by the base station, transmission power control information for controlling transmission power of the user terminal based on the evaluation result of the interference and transmitting the transmission power control information to the user terminal; and determining, by the user terminal, whether the user terminal controls transmission power based on the transmission power control information, upon transmitting a retransmission packet corresponding to the packet.02-04-2010
20130095878UPLINK POWER CONTROL FOR DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for power control for distributed wireless communication is disclosed including one or more power control loops associated with a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). Each power control loop may include open loop power control or closed loop power control. A multi-phase power control method is also disclosed with each phase representing a different time interval and a WTRU sends transmissions at different power levels to different set of node-Bs or relay stations during different phases to optimize communications.04-18-2013
20130115998Method and Device For Transmission Power Control - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a base station for adjusting transmission power in a communications network. The base station determines a first number m; P of historical transmit power control, TPC, commands based on a signal power and an interference level. The base station determines a second number 2k; n+Q of current TPC commands based on the first number m; P of historical TPC commands, or based on the first number m; P of historical TPC commands and a third number n−K of signal power and interference level pairs. The base station transmits a sequence of TPC commands comprising the first number of historical TPC commands and the second number of current TPC commands to the user equipment to adjust the user equipment's transmission power.05-09-2013
20130116000BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND BASE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM - [Problems] Because it is not possible to reduce sufficiently the number of base stations that starts uselessly in spite of being in low traffic state, it is not possible to lower interference between adjacent cells and power consumption sufficiently.05-09-2013
20130115999Techniques for Mitigating Interference Associated with Downlink Transmissions from a Base Station - Examples are disclosed for causing one or more subframes to be transmitted from a base station for a wireless network based on beamforming or transmission power characteristics. In some examples, an interference report may be received at a base station via a backhaul communication link. The interference report may indicate measured interference from the base station as measured at one or more wireless devices. The base station may transmit subsequent subframes in a manner to mitigate the previously reported interference. Other examples are described and claimed.05-09-2013
20130102355RADIO BASE STATION AND POWER CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless base station (eNB04-25-2013
20130102354RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD - Wireless base station eNB04-25-2013
20130116002TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER FOR INITIAL DATA TRANSMISSION AFTER NETWORK ENTRY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a terminal device and method for controlling uplink transmission power for initial data transmission after network entry in a wireless communication system. The terminal device according to the present invention comprises a processor and a transmitter. The processor determines an initial offset value for determining uplink transmission power for an initial data transmission using the power value ultimately used in an initial ranging transmission and the number of initial ranging subcarriers, and determines an uplink transmission power value for an initial data transmission using the determined initial offset value. The transmitter transmits initial data to a base station with the determined uplink transmission power value for an initial data transmission.05-09-2013
20130116001METHOD, APPARATUS, AND TERMINAL FOR WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTION - The present invention relate to a method, an apparatus, and a terminal for wireless network connection. The method includes: acquiring lowest transmit power of a communication terminal that establishes connection with a wireless network access point, where the lowest transmit power is minimum transmit power that can ensure connection and communication between the communication terminal and the wireless network access point; and adjusting and determining transmit power of the communication terminal according to the lowest transmit power. With the implementation of the embodiments of the present invention, the communication terminal automatically reduces transmit power without affecting normal network connection, so that manual setting by users is avoided, electrical energy is saved, radiation is reduced, and convenient network access by users is ensured.05-09-2013
20130115997Adaptive A-MPR in Inter-Band Carrier Aggregation - A method to prevent reception interference caused by inter-band CA is described. The method includes receiving instructions to concurrently operate on a first and second band. A first MPR is associated with the first band and a second MPR is associated with the second band. In response to determining that the concurrent operation on the first band and the second band would cause desensitization, a power adjustment is selected. The power adjustment includes a first A-MPR for the first band and/or a second A-MPR for the second band. In response to determining that the device can concurrently operate on the first band and the second band when the power adjustment is applied, the power adjustment is applied. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described05-09-2013
20130130737CONTROL STATION, REMOTE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A control station connected with a plurality of remote stations, the control station being configured to communicate with a terminal via the plural remote stations, includes a memory, and a processor that, when executing a procedure stored in the memory, upon each of the plural remote stations transmitting same data to the terminal according to a transmission power pattern in which transmission power varies in a direction of frequencies or time, receives a group of data of received signal quality that is based on power received by the terminal at frequency or time intervals, and calculates a path loss value for each of the plural remote stations on the basis of a group of transmission power levels at frequency or time intervals for each of the plural remote stations and the group of data of received signal quality received from the terminal.05-23-2013
20080207248Adaptive Transmission Power Control for Cognitive Radio - Embodiments of cognitive radio technology can recover and utilize under-utilized portions of statically-allocated radio-frequency spectrum. A plurality of sensing methods can be employed. Transmission power control can be responsive to adjacent channel measurements. Digital pre-distortion techniques can enhance performance. Embodiments of a high DNR transceiver architecture can be employed.08-28-2008
20080207246SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MAINTAINING A TRANSMISSION DURING A CHANNEL FADE - A method for maintaining a transmission during a channel fade is described. Data is transmitted on a first traffic channel associated with a first signal. A second signal with a signal strength that is greater than the signal strength of the first signal is detected. A transmitter is disabled if N2m is triggered. The triggering of N2m indicates the presence of a channel fade for a predetermined first time period. The second signal is monitored for a predetermined second time period. Data is transmitted on a second traffic channel associated with the second signal at the expiration of the second time period.08-28-2008
20080207244Method for the Transmission of Messages and a Correspondingly Equipped Motor Vehicle - To provide a method for the transmission of messages between mobile nodes (A, B, C) in an ad hoc network that will ensure reliable transmission of relevant information even with a large number of nodes (A, B, C), it is proposed that a signal strength and a repetition frequency be controlled in dependence on a speed of the mobile node (A) and on a number of mobile nodes (B, C). Furthermore, a correspondingly equipped motor vehicle is specified.08-28-2008
20110218014SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THREE MODE WIRELESS ENERGY HARVESTING - Described herein are embodiments of methods and systems for a three mode wireless energy harvesting concept wherein a triceiver system with a single antenna can be configured to transmit wireless data, receive wireless data and exchange power with other devices. When not being used for exchanging power, the triceiver system with the single antenna can be operably connected to data transfer functions of a wireless device. When used for receiving power, the triceiver antenna can be operably connected to subsystems for converting RF signals to electrical energy. When used for transmitting power, the triceiver antenna can be operably connected to subsystems for converting electrical energy to RF signals.09-08-2011
20090275354 METHOD OF POWER MANAGEMENT IN A DATA REPLICATION PROCESS DEPLOYED IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - A wireless information device automatically replicates data held on the device to a remote server over a wireless network. An application on the device 11-05-2009
20080200204SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BACK-OFF AND CLIPPING CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for controlling transmission power are provided. The systems and methods vary the power of a signal provided to a power amplifier based upon the location of a frequency or frequencies of signals to be transmitted within the transmission frequency band, the location of a hop region within the transmission frequency band, the bandwidth of signals to be transmitted, or combinations of these approaches.08-21-2008
20080200203APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate employing periodic closed loop power control corrections in a wireless communication environment. A periodic power control command can be sent over a downlink to control and/or correct an uplink power level employed by an access terminal. Each periodic power control command can be generated based upon an uplink periodic transmission sent from the access terminal. The periodic power control commands can be communicated via a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) or in-band signaling. Moreover, access terminals can be grouped to enhance efficiency of downlink transfer of the periodic power control commands. The periodic power control commands can be halted upon access terminal uplink resources being deallocated. For instance, these resources can be deallocated after an inactivity period of the access terminal. Thereafter, the access terminal can initiate random access (e.g., leveraging open loop mechanisms) to resume periodic power control command transmission.08-21-2008
20080200201Method and Arrangement For Allocating Power In a Communication Network - In a method of allocating power to a channel in a communication system a given transport block size is compared (S08-21-2008
20080200200Transmission Power Control Method And Mobile Station - The present invention enables to reduce deterioration in the radio network capacity on the E-DPCCH, by using the transmission power offset as small as possible while satisfying a quality of the E-DPCCH in a conventional mobile communication system using “EUL”. The present invention relates to a transmission power control method for controlling a transmission power of an uplink control channel (E-DPCCH) at a mobile station UE, including: measuring, at a radio base station Node B, a reception quality of a control signal received through the uplink control channel (E-DPCCH); notifying, at the radio base station Node B, the measurement result to a radio network controller RNC; determining, at the radio network controller RNC, a transmission power offset of the uplink control channel (E-DPCCH) based on the measurement result and notifying the determined transmission power offset to the mobile station UE; and controlling, at the mobile station UE, the transmission power of the uplink control channel (E-DPCCH) by using the transmission power offset.08-21-2008
20080200199Method and Arrangement For Setting the Transmission of a Mobile Communication Device - In a method for setting the transmitted power of a mobile communication device, particularly for a UMTS, a transmitted power that is being asked for at the time is to be set with great accuracy and a good signal-to-noise ratio. The digital signals I, A difference between a measurement of the transmitted power of the signal that is applied to the output antenna (08-21-2008
20110223961System and Method for Implementing Power Distribution - In accordance with particular embodiments, a method for adjusting power distribution includes establishing a connection between a base station and a plurality of remote transceivers. The method also includes establishing a plurality of wireless connections with a plurality of endpoints via one or more of the plurality of remote transceivers. The method further includes determining a plurality of signal quality indications. Each signal quality indication is associated with a different one of a plurality of unique endpoint-remote transceiver pairs. The method additionally includes determining a power distribution for the plurality of remote transceivers based on the plurality of signal quality indications and an optimization equation. The optimization equation is configured to optimize a data throughput associated with the plurality of wireless connections by determining a power gain for each of the wireless connections.09-15-2011
20110223960System and Method for Implementing Power Distribution - A method for adjusting power distribution that includes establishing a connection between a base station and a plurality of remote transceivers. The method also includes establishing a plurality of wireless connections with a plurality of endpoints via one or more of the plurality of remote transceivers. The method further includes receiving a signal quality indication from each of the plurality of remote transceivers for any endpoint for which the remote transceiver is able to receive a wireless communication. The method additionally includes determining a power distribution for the plurality of remote transceivers based on the received signal quality indication from each of the remote transceivers. The method also includes transmitting a control signal to the plurality of remote transceivers. The control signal comprises the power distribution and is indicative of the amount of power each remote transceiver is to use for each endpoint when transmitting wireless communications.09-15-2011
20110223958System and Method for Implementing Power Distribution - A method for adjusting power distribution includes establishing a connection between a base station and a plurality of remote transceivers. The method also includes establishing a plurality of wireless connections with a plurality of endpoints via one or more of the plurality of remote transceivers. The method further includes determining a signal quality indication for each of the plurality of remote transceivers for any endpoint for which the remote transceiver is able to receive a wireless communication. The method also includes determining a power distribution for the plurality of remote transceivers based on the determined signal quality indication for each of the remote transceivers, the power distribution indicative of the amount of power each remote transceiver is to use for each endpoint when transmitting wireless communications.09-15-2011
20110237288UPLINK POWER CONTROL FOR CHANNEL AGGREGATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A system and method for uplink power control for aggregated channels in a communication network includes a step 09-29-2011
20110275403UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN AGGREGATED CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A user equipment (UE) is configured for carrier aggregation in a wireless communication system. The UE decodes transmit power control commands from at least one downlink control channel for at least one uplink channel, where the at least one uplink channel is to be transmitted in a component carrier of a number of component carriers. The UE compares a commanded transmit power for the at least one uplink channel with a configured maximum transmit power of the component carrier and transmits the at least one uplink channel in the component carrier.11-10-2011
20110275402COMMUNICATION UNIT AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVE FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication unit comprises a receiver for receiving radio frequency (RF) signals from at least one wireless serving communication unit, and signal processing logic module arranged to decode information within the received RF signals is the at least one wireless serving communication unit. The signal processing logic module is further arranged to decode transmit power information in a received RF signal from the at least one wireless serving communication unit, and determine from the decoded transmit power information whether a transmission from the at least one wireless serving communication unit is suitable for use as a timing reference. If it is determined that the transmission from the at least one wireless serving communication unit is suitable for use as a timing reference, the communication unit synchronises an operating frequency to the received RF signal of the at least one wireless serving communication unit.11-10-2011
20110275405METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a first carrier controller, associated with a network node. The method aims at providing distributed power management of a plurality of power amplifiers within a sector. The first carrier controller, the network node and the power amplifiers are comprised within a communication system. Also, at least one further carrier controller is comprised within the communication system. The first carrier controller is arranged for scheduling power allocation at each power amplifier of the radio frequency power estimated to be used by at least one carrier controlled by the first carrier controller. The method comprises allocating the estimated power usage to be used by the at least one carrier controlled by the first carrier controller during a predetermined time frame on one or more power amplifiers within the same sector. The allocation is based on a priority value of each carrier, dedicated to that sector or to a power amplifier within that sector.11-10-2011
20110275404Method and System for Controlling Pilot Power of Home NodeB - The present invention discloses a method for controlling pilot power of an HNB, comprising: initializing the HNB and setting up communication connection between the HMB and a mobile terminal user, and further comprising: determining a setting type of a current data communication service; increasing current pilot power when the current data communication service is of a first type and a current SNR is less than a predetermined threshold; and reducing the current pilot power when the current data communication service is of a second type and the current SNR is more than or equal to the predetermined threshold. The present invention further provides a system for controlling pilot power of an HNB, which can rationally distribute pilot power resources.11-10-2011
20130150116RADIO COMMUNICATON SYSTEM, NETWORK SIDE DEVICE, SMALL CELL BASE STATION, AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A large cell base station 06-13-2013
20100285829ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PREAMBLE POWER CONTROL OF THE ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM - An orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system and a method of controlling preamble power of the OFDM system are provided. The method includes detecting a present preamble power of a certain base station among a plurality of base stations and a preamble influence factor of the certain base station; detecting a preamble influence factor of at least one neighboring base station of the certain base station; and determining a new preamble power of the certain base station based on at least one among the present preamble power, the preamble influence factor of the certain base station, and the preamble influence factor of the at least one neighboring base station.11-11-2010
20120258760Transmission Power Control Method - The present invention discloses a transmission power control method for a communication system comprising a transmitter and a plurality of receivers. The transmitter is coupled to the plurality of receivers via a plurality of corresponding outgoing links. The transmission power control method comprising steps of each of the plurality of receivers performing channel estimation for each of the plurality of corresponding outgoing links, and replying a first suggested transmission power back-off level to the transmitter; and the transmitter determining a new transmission power back-off level after collecting a plurality of first suggested transmission power back-off levels from the plurality of receivers.10-11-2012
20100004016Power control techniques - Embodiments provide techniques for power control. For instance, a method exchanges one or more transmissions with a remote device in accordance with a retransmission protocol. In addition, a power control message is exchanged with the remote device through at least one of the one or more transmissions. Thus, closed loop power control may be performed through retransmission protocol communications.01-07-2010
20100317395Power Control in a Radio Base Station with Sustained Cell Radius - A method and apparatus is described herein for controlling the operating temperature of radio equipment (12-16-2010
20100317393METHOD OF UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, a mobile station and a computer program for controlling uplink transmit power of a mobile station capable of operating with scheduled uplink data transmissions. Uplink transmit power level for the mobile station is updated (12-16-2010
20120282973TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A transmission power control method for controlling a transmission power of an E-DPCCH, includes: determining, at a radio network controller, that a mobile station transmitting the E-DPCCH to only a first cell should transmit the E-DPCCH to the first cell and a second cell; determining, at the radio network controller, an E-DPCCH Transmission Power Offset which is an offset from a transmission power of a DPCCH based on the determination; notifying, at the radio network controller, the E-DPCCH Transmission Power Offset to the mobile station; determining, at the mobile station, the transmission power of the E-DPCCH to be transmitted to the first cell and the second cell, based on the notified E-DPCCH Transmission Power Offset; and transmitting, at the mobile station, the E-DPCCH to the first cell and the second cell using the determined transmission power.11-08-2012
20120282972UPLINK POWER CONTROL - A method for a first base station (BS11-08-2012
20120282971APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ANTI-COLLISION IN WIRELESS POWER TRANSMISSION - Provided is an anti-collision method and apparatus used during wireless power transmission with respect to a plurality of target devices. According to one general aspect, an anti-collision method in wireless power transmission may include: transmitting, from a source device to one or more target devices, an access standard instruction including an access standard that is used for identifying the target devices; transmitting, to the one or more target devices, a call parameter used to detect identifications (IDs) of the target devices, generated based on the access standard; and assigning, to the one or more target devices, control IDs based on response signals that the one or more target devices transmits in response to the call parameter.11-08-2012
20120282970UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL MECHANISM - There is provided a mechanism for uplink transmission power control in a communication network. An uplink transmission power for a transmission from a communication network element to a communication network control element is calculated. When a transmission power control command from the communication network control element is received instructing e.g. an increase of the uplink transmission power or a decrease of the uplink transmission power, it is checked whether the calculated uplink transmission power is above a maximum transmission power of the communication network element or below a minimum transmission power of the communication network element. If this is the case, and the transmission power control command instructs a change in the opposite direction, power control adjustment is conducted by determining and conducting a correction for immediately compensating for a difference between the calculated uplink transmission power and the maximum/minimum transmission power, wherein an actual transmission power is set on the basis of the correction parameter considering the received transmission power control command.11-08-2012
20130157709DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OFDM SYSTEM - A downlink power control method and apparatus for improving downlink power efficiency gain in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) system is provided. The downlink power control method includes transmitting a downlink data channel at a normal subframe according to first downlink power information for the normal subframe, and transmitting the downlink data channel at an Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) according to second downlink power information for the ABS, wherein the first downlink power information for the normal subframe and the second downlink power information for the ABS differ from each other. The downlink power control method and apparatus is capable of regulating inter-cell interference variation between contiguous symbols at a predetermined level in a subframe at a terminal of a neighbor cell and making it possible to schedule the UE receiving the low power data channel using the power ratio of the feedbacks from the UE.06-20-2013
20110287803Wirless security messaging model - Reducing power consumption and interference in wireless communication is provided. For example, in one embodiment, a method is provided that listens for radio frequency (“RF”) activity on a receiver utilizing a first receiver antenna. When no RF activity is detected the receiver is switched “on” and a command is transmitted. If a reply to the transmission is not received the receiver is turned “off.” After an expiration of time, the receiver is again switched “on” and another command is transmitted on a second antenna coupled to the receiver. Thereafter, if a reply is not received the receiver is again turned “off.” Embodiments of the invention also include other methods, computer-readable mediums, apparatuses, and systems that contain features similar to the features in the above described method.11-24-2011
20110312368POWER CONTROL IN COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEMS BASED ON SPECTRUM SENSING SIDE INFORMATION - For cognitive radio systems, the transmit power of a cognitive radio device is controlled so that the cognitive, unlicensed radio device does not interfere with the use of a shared spectrum by a primary, licensed device. Controlling the transmit power includes determining a distance, or a function of the distance, between a primary transmitter of the primary device and the cognitive radio device based on sensing information from a spectrum sensing process. The maximum transmit power of the cognitive radio device is then dynamically controlled based on the distance, or the function of the distance, while considering a worst case scenario of an underlying cognitive radio model, to guarantee a quality of service requirement of the primary device.12-22-2011
20110312367METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE CARRIER ALLOCATION AND POWER CONTROL IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - An apparatus and process for allocating carriers in a multi-carrier system is described. In one embodiment, the process comprises determining a location of a subscriber with respect to a base station, selecting carriers from a band of carriers to allocate to the subscriber according to the location of the subscriber with respect to the base station, and allocating selected carriers to the subscriber.12-22-2011
20110312366UPLINK POWER HEADROOM CALCULATION AND REPORTING FOR OFDMA CARRIER AGGREGATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A carrier aggregation power headroom reporting method is disclosed. User equipment selects from one of four possible definitions of a single parameter used to calculate the power headroom of the user equipment. The user equipment uses the parameter to calculate the power headroom for two different equations. The two results are transmitted to the enhanced base station.12-22-2011
20130190034BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station including: a transmitter configured to transmit a first radio signal to a first mobile station, a receiver configured to receive a second radio signal, a processor configured to detect a second mobile station communicates with a communication device differing from the base station, based on a third radio signal from the second mobile station which is contained in the second radio signal, the first radio signal interfering with a radio communication between the second mobile station and the communication device, and to decrease transmission power of the first radio signal, on detecting the second mobile station or failing to detect the second mobile station over a first given period or longer.07-25-2013
20130190035METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL (TPC) COMMAND - The disclosure provides a method for obtaining a Transmission Power Control (TPC) command, relating to the field of wireless communications. The method comprises the following steps: presetting a Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) value threshold, wherein the SINR value threshold comprising a highest value HSINR, a median value MSINR, and a lowest value LSINR; comparing a current SINR value with a target SINR value to obtain a difference value ΔSINR; and comparing the ΔSINR with the SINR value threshold, and obtaining a TPC command according to a result of comparison. The disclosure also provides a device for obtaining a TPC command. By the method or device in the disclosure, the accuracy and instantaneity of obtaining a TPC command are improved.07-25-2013
20120009968METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF TRANSMIT DIVERSITY TO PROVIDE OPERATING POWER REDUCTION - A method and apparatus for selectively enabling or disabling transmit diversity in a mobile communication device. The mobile communication device may switch between diversity and non-diversity operation based on various transmit power considerations.01-12-2012
20120021799COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication device is provided with: a transmission power control section that controls the transmission power of a signal, and a transmission state detection section that detects the transmission state of the signal, and transmits the signal wirelessly to a communication partner. The transmission power control section controls the transmission power in accordance with the transmission state that is detected by the transmission state detection section. In this way, optimisation of the transmission power can be implemented with high accuracy.01-26-2012
20120021797COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Base station 01-26-2012
20120028672Apparatus and Method for Transmitter Power Control for Device-to-Device Communications in a Communication System - An apparatus, method and system for controlling a transmitter power level for direct device-to-device communications in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor and memory including computer program code. The memory and the computer program code are configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus to monitor a feedback message from a base station to a user equipment participating in cellular communications employing a communication resource, and control a transmitter power level for device-to-device (“D2D”) communications employing the communication resource as a function of the feedback message.02-02-2012
20130196707User Equipment, Network Node and Methods Therein - Embodiments herein relate to a method, in a user equipment (08-01-2013
20080207249APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for controlling power in a wireless mobile communication system are provided. The apparatus and method efficiently adjusts a threshold value in order to control closed-loop power through an outer-loop power control in a wireless mobile communication system. Accordingly, it is possible to increase cell capacity while link performance is stably maintained.08-28-2008
20120058799WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION QUALITY TRANSMISSION METHOD - A communication quality receiver of a transmitting-side wireless communication device receives information about antenna communication qualities of respective transmitting-side antennas from a receiving-side wireless communication device that has received data. A transmission power controller controls transmission powers of the respective transmitting-side antennas in accordance with the received antenna communication qualities. A communication quality calculator of the receiving-side wireless communication device calculates, based on a pilot signal included in the data received by receiving-side antennas, the antenna communication qualities of the respective transmitting-side antennas of the transmitting-side wireless communication device that has transmitted the data. A communication quality transmitter transmits information about the calculated antenna communication qualities of the respective transmitting-side antennas to the transmitting-side wireless communication device.03-08-2012
20130102353TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND TRANSMISSION MODE SETTING METHOD - A terminal apparatus that performs radio communication with a base station apparatus in a mobile communication system, including: a transmission mode information receiving unit configured to receive transmission mode information, from the base station apparatus, corresponding to a transmission mode that should be set in the terminal apparatus; a transmission mode setting unit configured to set the terminal apparatus to the transmission mode if the terminal apparatus can perform radio transmission in the transmission mode corresponding to the transmission mode information received by the transmission mode receiving unit; and a radio transmission unit configured to perform radio transmission in the transmission mode.04-25-2013
20130203457METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE BASED ON FILTER CHARACTERISTICS - Methods and apparatus for improving operational and/or cost performance based on filter characteristics. Existing schemes for measuring filter performance are based on a worst case filter performance across a range of frequencies and temperature. Filter performance can be more accurately characterized over one or more frequency ranges. In one exemplary embodiment the frequency is characterized according to a functional (e.g., linear-average) metric. By providing more accurate representation of the reception/transmission filter performance, both network and device optimizations can aggressively manage available power and handle smaller (tighter) margins.08-08-2013
20130203458POWER CONTROL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION ON SHARED BANDS - There is provided, for example, an apparatus, which is caused to select a transmission power configuration for a communication with at least one user terminal taking place on component carriers of a carrier aggregation configuration within a shared band, wherein the selection is between a low transmission power configuration applying a transmission power below a predetermined power threshold without a listen-before-talk approach and a high transmission power configuration applying a transmission power of at least the predetermined power threshold; and upon detecting that the selected transmission power configuration needs to be informed, cause an indication of the selected transmission power configuration to the at least one user terminal and at least one secondary cell.08-08-2013
20120071197SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POWER CONTROL IN MIMO SYSTEMS - The return channel in a multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) communication system is used to provide signal information on an individual-channel basis. In one embodiment, in a controlled factory environment, this information may be used to incrementing up or down the variable gain amplifier and/or the power amplifier of a MIMO transmitter and/or receiver so as to generate a default signal power offset to be used during normal operation. Thereafter, such signal information may similarly be provided via the return channel and used to further adjust the transmit parameters to account for location-specific signal conditions.03-22-2012
20120094709WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless transmission apparatus and transmission power control method which improve the error rate characteristics of data signals even when the number of streams of data signals increases, without increasing the amount of signaling. The relationship between the number of streams of data signals in each antenna (04-19-2012
20120094708METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING RADIO FREQUENCY TRANSMISSION PERFORMANCE IN ADAPTATION TO NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method and apparatus for optimizing transmission performance of a mobile terminal by adjusting a matching value of the transmitter of the mobile terminal based on the allocation information from the network are provided. The transmission performance optimization method of a mobile terminal according to the present invention includes acquiring allocation information from a network, searching for a group of information matching the allocation information from a predetermined mapping table, generating a control signal for adjusting a match value according to the group, and adjusting the matching value of a transmitter of the mobile terminal by changing impedance according to the control signal.04-19-2012
20130210478WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, BOTH FOR USE IN BROADCAST WIRELESS TRANSMISSION - According to one embodiment, a wireless terminal communicates with a server via wireless base stations. The wireless terminal has devices which transmit a signal in a normal-power transmission mode and the signal in a low-power transmission mode, a power control device which switches the normal-power transmission mode to the low-power transmission mode, or vice versa, and a device which transmits current position data to the server. The server detects the position of the wireless terminal, designates one of the base stations which is close to the wireless terminal, when the wireless terminal is set to the low-power transmission mod, and detects whether the base station designated has a problem or not according to detect the signal from the wireless terminal.08-15-2013